Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

40th Annual Convention; Chicago, IL; 2014

Poster Sessions for Monday, May 26, 2014


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Poster Session #379
EAB Mon Noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1. Problem Solving and Verbal Report in Children and Adults Through a Complex Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HORTENSIA HICKMAN (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Diana Moreno Rodriguez (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México  ), Maria Luisa Cepeda Islas (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México  ), Patricia Plancarte (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Noe Gracida (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Viridiana Ruiz (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México  ), Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract: Experimental measures that are obtained to evaluate effective behavior in solution of problems and their possible link with the thought or prior planning include reaction times and/or verbal reports of the participants. The purpose of this study was to compare the effective execution of children and adults in a problem-solving task. This was the Tower of London artifact that has proven to be a powerful tool for the study of complex behavior. It worked with two experimental groups of children and adults consisting of 10 members each one. Three experimental conditions were carried out: one training and two test, and at the end of each condition was asked to each participant the verbal report. The data shows descriptive and statistics differences in the three dependent variables evaluated (duration of the trial; movements by way of trial and movements extras for trial) and differences in the verbal reports between children and adults.
 
2. Habilitation non Linguistic Behavior: A Type of Comprehension
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FARID KALEB HERNADEZ GAMEZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Cecilia Magdalena Molina Lopez (Universidad Veracruzana), Enrique Zepeta Garcia (Universidad Veracruzana), Agustin Daniel Gomez Fuentes (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract: Based on Wittgenstein notions of language games the purpose of this study was to describe the actions and activities that make possible a non-linguistic behavior. That is, to study the know-how; this refers to actions. The study objective was analyzed the achievement criteria and the contextual conditions of the resolution of an origami task. Twenty college students of psychology of the University of Veracruz, both sexes between 18 and 21 years old participated on the study. It was used a design intra e inter subject with a training phase, a test of acquisition, a second training phase and a habilitation test. The measurement system was based on an achievement criterion. In the training phases, at least 80% of the students met the achievement criteria. In the habilitation test a 60% of the students achieved the criteria, 45% more that the acquisitions test. The results are discussed from a point of view different to traditionally comprehension notion. These types of comprehensions have to study like an episode and none a inner activities that precede the behavior as an act. The results allowed observing that comprehension is tied to specific performance and differential actions mediated by language.
 
3. Verbal and Non-Verbal Behavior Interactions in a Computerized Adaptation of the Task Designed by Catania et al. (1982): Effects of Embedding an Aversive Contingency
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (University of Manitoba & Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), MÓNICA ANDREA ARIAS HIGUERA (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Camilo Gonzalez (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Erika García (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Karen Henao (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), María Carolina Bohórquez (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria)
Abstract: Research on verbal (VB) and nonverbal behavior (NVB) interactions declined after 1992 (Lloyd, 2002). Aiming to contribute to the revival of this area, we have developed a computerized adaptation of Catania et al.s (1982) procedure that consists of a random-interval (RI) random-ratio (RR) multiple schedule (MSR) operating on buttons that appear on the screen, and automatic shaping of written verbal reports about performance in MSR (SVR). We are using this software to extend Torgrud and Holborns (1990) notion regarding the role of discriminative schedule control (DSC) on VB-NVB correspondence by testing the effects of embedding a response-cost (RC) contingency on the RI component (high response rate produces point loss). We predict that such manipulation will favor DSC and, therefore, VB-NVB correspondence. Four treatment conditions were designed: MRS, MSR+RC, MSR+SVR, and MSR+RC+SVR. In phases with SVR, stable responding interrupts the MSR for a 2-min period during which the participant fills out blanks with unrestricted number of phrases and feedback is provided after each try. Preliminary data of eight participants support the following overall findings: (a) all participants developed the expected differential response rates (low during RI and high during RR), though in different conditions. Six participants maintained these differential rates throughout the rest of the experiment, regardless of change in phases. (b) Seven participants developed verbal reports that conformed to the expected performance in RI and RR. (c) A minimum exposure to seven MSR cycles was required for successful SVR to occur.
 
4. Rates of Delay Discounting as a Function of Decoy Delay and Amount
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BENJAMIN KOWAL (University of Arkansas at Little Rock)
Abstract: Self-control choices can be influenced by changes in context and researchers are particularly interested in identifying contexts that increase self-control. Participants in the current study were presented with choices between hypothetical immediate and delayed monetary rewards when offered a choice between one immediate (I) and one delayed (D) reward and offered the same choices with the addition of one of three different decoys. Decoys were: D which was available after a longer delay than D, I which was a smaller dollar value than I, or DI which was a smaller dollar value and was available after a longer delay than the other two rewards. D decreased delay discounting rates (t[49])=-3.934, p <.001) and increased self-control as indicated by an increased number of delayed rewards chosen. I had no statistically significant effects. DI marginally decreased delay discounting rates (t[53]=-2.443, p =.018); and increased the number of delayed rewards chosen. The results were only consistent with a priori predictions for D decoys; however, this studys results were similar to results from Reed, Thompson, Osborne, and McHughs (2011) study examining the effects of concurrent tasks on self-control. Both sets of results are consistent with an explanation of self-control in terms of stimulus control.
 
5. On the Persistence of Sunk Cost Effects
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL SOFIS (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas), Jennifer L. Hudnall (The University of Kansas), Mary Ritch (The University of Kansas), Shea M. Lemley (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: The sunk cost effect entails a propensity to differentially allocate future resources as a function of previous investment of time, effort, or money. In a previous experiment, we developed a paradigm wherein trials consisted of a forced choice initial link with three initial investment conditions ($5, $20, $35) and a terminal link investment choice ($5, $20, $50, $80, $95). Using that paradigm, we were able to differentiate the sunk cost effect from the related phenomenon of escalation, yet whether these response patterns would persist over time was unclear. The current experiment was identical except participants had to complete 100 projects as opposed to 30 projects, highlighting the propensity of these response patterns (i.e., the sunk cost effect) to persist or dissipate. The results of the present experiment revealed two main findings. One, the current results replicated our previous findings indicating that the sunk cost effect appears to function differently than escalation. Two, participants are more likely to exhibit both escalation and the sunk cost effect in the first three rounds of trials compared to the last three rounds suggesting potential learning effects.
 
6. Stability Of Delay Discounting Of Gains And Losses Across Two Different Procedures
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista), Gabriella Fares Carvalho (Universidade Estadual Paulista)
Abstract: Choices between immediate and delayed consequences have been studied through different delay discounting procedures. The study of delay discounting across different procedures is important to evaluate the influence of methodological variables and the stability of the phenomenon. The aim of this research was to compare delay discounting of gains and losses with two different procedures. To evaluate the results 13 participants (undergraduate students, age 19 to 28, 7 men and 6 women) completed the two different procedures for both gains and losses. The first procedure was a long titration procedure with fixed sequences of immediate amounts consecutively presented in ascending or descending order. The second procedure was an amount adjusting procedure in which the immediate amount depends on the participants choice. The order of presentation of gains and losses and of the two procedures was randomized. Results indicates that the mean area under the curve was similar for both procedures [F(1,48) = 0.0252; NS], but smaller for gains when compared to losses [F(1,48) = 8.3231; p < 0,01], no interactions were found. Correlation analysis corroborates the stability of the phenomenon across the two procedures (r = 0.6761, for gains and r = 0.6412 for losses, both with p <0.05).
 
7. Assessing Differences in Discounting Using Linear vs. Exponential Delay Progressions
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHARLES FRYE (Utah State University), Jillian Rung (Utah State University), Jonathan E. Friedel (Utah State University), William DeHart (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Studies investigating delay discounting in human participants traditionally use an exponential delay progression. The reason for this seems to be historical precedence, but the importance of the arranged delay progression has not been investigated empirically. The current study investigates differences in discounting rates, within-subject, using exponential versus linear delay progressions. This way of arranging delays also introduces differences in how the delays are described, however. Linear progressions produce fractionated delays (delays described in more than one unit of time). Thus, between subjects, we also assessed differences between the linear delay progression and a pseudo-linear delay progression that controlled for the degree of fractionation. Thus far, there are no systematic differences between either of the linear delay progressions and the exponential progression. Furthermore, there are no differences between the linear and pseudo-linear delay progressions. Thus, the manner in which delays are arranged appears to have little influence on the degree of discounting obtained.
 
8. Test-retest Reliability of a Sexual Activity Discounting Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
STEVEN R. LAWYER (Idaho State University)
Abstract: Delay discounting refers to the tendency to prefer smaller-sooner outcomes over larger-delayed outcomes and is an important behavioral aspect of impulsive choice. Researchers typically assess patterns of discounting by posing a series of questions regarding an individual’s preference for different monetary outcomes. Lawyer, et al. (2010) found that individuals also discount the value of sexual activity and that decisions for sexual activity may predict sexual outcomes better than discounting for money (Lawyer & Schoepflin, 2013). The purpose of this study was to establish the test-retest reliability of a sexual activity discounting task vis-à-vis a money delay discounting task. Adult college-student participants (N = 39) completed a standard discounting task that assessed their preferences regarding immediate versus delayed money and a similar task used in previous research that assessed their preferences for immediate versus delayed sexual activity. Bivariate correlations of area under the curve for discounting tasks completed at Time 1 and Time 2 revealed significant correlations for the money (r = .721, p < .01) and sexual activity (r = .724, p < .01). These preliminary data suggest that the sexual activity discounting task has strong test-retest reliability that is similar to the money discounting task.
 
9. A Comparison Involving Delay Discounting of Money and Daily Events for Undergraduate Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TAKU ISHII (Tokuyama University)
Abstract: Discounting of delayed outcomes is an essential component within models of self-control and impulsive choices in various daily settings. However, most laboratory studies with humans investigated choice between immediate and delayed monetary outcomes. In this study, the choice outcomes were six daily events that 53 undergraduate students had likely experienced, such as new hobbies. In the experiment’s first phase, the participants repeated their choices between immediate small amounts of money and delayed large amounts of money in a random adjusting delay procedure that was used to obtain their delay discounting functions. In the second phase, the degrees of desirableness for the six daily events were evaluated via the method of magnitude estimation. In the third phase, the participants repeated the choice between the most desirable event (which was delayed) and a less desirable event (which was immediate), in the same random adjusting delay procedure. The results demonstrated that no participant showed orderly discounting of delayed daily events, even though 23% of participants discounted their delayed monetary outcomes monotonically. This result indicated that the discounting functions of delayed monetary outcomes cannot be directly extrapolated to interpret daily self-control and impulsive choices.
 
10. Probability Discounting of Gains and Losses: The Effect of "Insurance'' on Risk Choice
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YAUHISA HIZA (Teikyo University), Tomotaka Orihara (Teikyo University), Kaname Mochizuki (Teikyo University)
Abstract: There is growing interest in the difference between prospect theory and behavioral account of risky choice. In this experiment we added "insurance'' to discounting tasks and examined its effect on risk choice. University students performed three discounting tasks with insurance: probability discounting of gains, losses, and gains-losses. At the beginning of each trial, participants made a choice between buying 100 points insurance at 50 point or not. When they didn't buy insurance, standard discounting task was followed: they bet 50 points and made a choice between a probabilistic (50 %) gain/loss (100 points) and a certain gain/loss (50 point). For the gains-losses task, they made a choice between 50 % gain (100 points) and 50 % loss (100 points). When they bought insurance, they could get 100 points from the insurance when they lost gain or made losing, but they lost insurance points (50 points) when they got gain or avoided losing. One participant preferred risk choice in the probabilistic gains condition and preferred risk avoidance in the probabilistic losses. This result is opposed to the prediction from prospect theory. But other showed the preference which is similar to what prospect theory predicts. We continue the experiment with more participants.
 
11. Cross-Strain Delay Discounting in Rats: Several Levels of Analysis
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRYAN YANAGITA (University Of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: Delay discounting procedures evaluate how the value of an outcome decreases as its receipt is delayed over time. In these procedures, subjects typically make repeated choices between having a smaller-sooner outcome (e.g., 1 food pellet now) versus a larger-later outcome (e.g., 4 food pellets in 30-s). Sensitivity to these delays can be assessed using a hyperbolic discounting model, and quantified as a numerical value (k). K-values are widely thought to indicate individual differences in impulsivity; there have been notable differences in average k-values across strains of species as well. The current study compares k-values of two rat strains (Fisher 344 and Sprague Dawley). Initial results suggest that the two strains have similar k-values. However, more molecular analyses indicate that the F-344 strain responds with heightened variability prior to reaching stability, and reaches stability more rapidly. Further research has been continuing to investigate potential strain differences through a series of discrimination assays.
 
12. Social Discounting of Cigarette Smoking in College Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TAKEHARU IGAKI (Ryutsu Keizai University), Paul Romanowich (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Yosuke Hachiga (Keio University)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to examine whether social discounting rates differ between cigarette smokers and non-smokers. Participants were college students in some Japanese university. Some were cigarette smokers (n=35), whereas others were nonsmokers (n=186). Social discounting questionnaire was drawn up on the basis of Rachlin & Jones (2008) that assesses the amount of money a participant is willing to forgo in order to give a fixed amount of money (7,500 yen or 7,500,000 yen) to another person. The amount of money a person is willing to forgo decreased as a hyperbolic function of the social distance between that individual and the other person. Moreover, the magnitude effect regarding social discounting was observed across two reward conditions. That is, larger reward amounts were discounted more steeply than smaller ones. However, contrary to the results of Bradstreet et al. (2012) which examined the social discounting function of women smokers during pregnancy, there were no obvious differences of social discounting rates between cigarette smokers and non-smokers. This result may be in part due to a very small number of college students who smoke cigarettes, suggesting that additional research considering the sample size is needed.
 
13. Impulsivity and Credit Card Debt in College Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JORDAN KIST (Mercyhurst University), Jin Ho Yoon (Baylor College of Medicine), Matthew T. Weaver (Mercyhurst Univesity)
Abstract: Increased personal freedom and poor decision making are two common hallmarks of college life. The purpose of this ongoing study is to assess the relationship between impulsivity (delay discounting, Barratt Impulsiveness Scale, Sensation Seeking Scale) and credit card debt among college students. We are particularly interested in the relationship between delay discounting and credit card debt as delay discounting assesses changes in the subjective value of delayed consequences, and previous research has observed associations between delay discounting and impulse disorders (e.g., drug addiction, obesity, problem gambling, etc.). To date, we have enrolled 24 college students, and we project that we will reach our target 90=? by month April, 2014. Preliminary findings indicate an inverse relationship between magnitude of debt and delay discounting. Final results will include an analysis of self-report measures of impulsivity, a credit card survey, and general health assessment. Figure 1. Delay discounting functions for individuals with debt greater than $100, and less than $100. Points show median indifference points for money as a function of delay. Curves represent the best-fit discount functions.
 
14. Temporal and Probabilistic Discounting of Reinforcing Behavior in Couples
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Guadalupe Moguel (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Claudia Villagomez (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: A common assumption in behavior analysis is that what a human does in his interaction with somebody else could be a powerful reinforcer of what the other person does. In the present study the previous assumption was evaluated asking couples to estimate the subjective value of different activities common in the marriage. The value of these activities was compared with the value estimated for different amounts of money by the same couples. Specifically, 30 couples were exposed to an adjusting-amount procedure and chose between different amounts of hypothetical money as reward and between different amounts of time dedicated to different marital activities. For a temporal discounting task delays of 1, 2, 7, 30, 180 y 360 days was evaluated and the discounting of a reward with probabilities of 0.95, 0.75, 0.50, 0.25, 0.10 y 0.05 were implemented. As Figures 1 and 2 show, it was found that for the delayed rewards men discounted the value of money more than the value of marital activities and women showed the opposite effect. For probabilistic rewards both, men and women discounted marital activities more than money. Globally, the previous findings supports the assumption regrinding the reinforcing value of social behavior and also show the generality of the reward-type from primary to marital behavior rewards.
 
15. Effects of Reinforcement Rate and Sugar Concentration on Preference for Traditional and Light Food Composition.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARINA ZANONI MACEDO (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos  )
Abstract: Food with high sugar concentration exhibits relation with impulsive eating behavior and obesity. This study investigated preference for food with traditional and light composition that has similar organoleptic characteristics and different sugar concentration. One undergraduate student participated in this study that investigated the effect of different schedule on the choices responses pattern. Two stimuli representing the initial link (VI 10s VI 30s) was presented simultaneously to the participant in a chain-concurrent schedule. Choice response in the initial links was followed by the second link of the chain-concurrent schedule. Response in FR1 on second link was followed by the delivering of samples of traditional juice composition (Phase 1) or light juice composition (Phase 2), a 10 seconds inter-trials interval and another trial. Each session lasted 10 minutes. Previous results showed that human subjects have difficult to exhibit maximization in chain-concurrent schedule and edible items may cause satiation throughout the sessions. The results presented here are already been used as a basis for future studies.
 
16. Time Allocation and Response Effort by Free-Ranging Eastern Fox Squirrels (Sciurus Niger)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: Preferred food for free-roaming Sciurus Niger was made available in two identical feeders. The feeders have a hinged-front ledge under which a microswitch was located. The animals can only access the food by raising a lid and can only do by standing or perching on the front ledge. The microswitch which was closed by an animal's weight, operated a timer which incremented cumulative time in terms of hundreths of an hour (36 second intervals). Recordings of time allocation took place from approx. 8:00 am until dusk beginning in September 2013 ongoing in December 2013. Manipulations of response effort took place by the addition of weights to the lids of the feeders. Each weight was approx. 25 grams (24.94 grams) and weights were added in a progressive series of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and 24 weights. Weights were used to manipulate the time allocation on a specific feeder by a given animal. Animals typically showed a response bias to feed at a specific feeder and the addition of the weights were able to alter time allocation from one feeder to the alternative and back again. Previous research had been conducted with video time-sampling measures of feeder visits; this is the first study with improved measures of time allocation.
 
17. Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude Variability on Operant Responding and Choice in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CRANE A HAVENS (College of Charleston), Chad M. Galuska (College of Charleston)
Abstract: In animal models of gambling, each “play” (e.g., a rat’s lever press) has a small but fixed probability of producing a “win” (food pellets). While probabilistic schedules of reinforcement engender high rates of responding that perhaps model slot machine play, little attention has been devoted to studying how aspects of the payout (size, variability, etc.) affect play. This experiment examines the effects of fixed (e.g., 2 food pellets per win) and variable (e.g., 0-12 pellets per win but averaging 2) payouts on rats’ responding under random-ratio schedules, and also will assess preference between these alternatives. Preliminary results suggest that while fixed reward sizes initially engender higher response rates, variable reward sizes maintain responding longer. Choice between the alternatives and parametric manipulations of the variable reward are underway.
 
18. Failure to Replicate Matching in Conversations
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CARSTA SIMON (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  )
Abstract: In an attempt to replicate and extend a 1974 demonstration of matching in conversation by Conger & Killeen, nine German subjects, aged 20-63, each participated in three hours of discussion with two confederates offering different rates of verbal agreement. In condition A, approval was given contingent upon and contiguous with the subjects statements made while they had eye-contact with the approving confederate. In condition B, approval was uttered following a subjects statement whenever scheduled and non-contingent upon eye-contact. Sessions were video-recorded and coded to obtain the duration of the subjects looking at and talking to each confederate, as well as the actual reinforcement rates delivered by each confederate. The equation for the generalized matching law was fitted to the data. Contrary to Conger and Killeens findings, data were not described well by the generalized matching law. What are possible reasons for the data not yielding slopes suggesting that the subjects behavior were sensitive to the approval delivered? In natural interactions, Germans do not express their approval as vividly as Americans do, which might have derogated the reinforcers effects. Additionally, continued interaction with the confederates may have precipitated biases as opinions were stated. Moreover, although statements of approval were standardized as much as possible, merely due to its sparseness, approval delivered by the confederate currently on the lean schedule might have had a larger reinforcement value than approval given by the confederate on the rich schedule. These possibilities are to be reviewed.
 
19. Reinforcer Strength: An Examination of Assumptions of Preference Assessment Results
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MONIQUE LITCHMORE (Mercyhurst University), Jonathan W. Ivy (Mercyhurst University), Matthew T. Weaver (Mercyhurst Univesity)
Abstract: When using a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, an assumption is made that the item selected first is the most highly preferred, and therefore has the greatest efficacy as a reinforcer. However, an individual who engages in self-control may select the most highly preferred item last (e.g., saving the best for last). This study addressed the validity of the underlying assumption that individuals choose the most highly preferred item first in an MSWO preference assessment. Two groups of subjects participated in an MSWO assessment with various food times and then were reinforced for completing mathematical problems under a progressive ratio schedule (PR). One group (N=16) was reinforced with the first item selected, while the other group (N=16) was reinforced with the last item selected. PR break point, a measure of reinforcer efficacy, was then compared between the groups. The group that responded for the first item the item traditionally interpreted as highly preferred - had a greater mean break point (M=6.6SEM=0.7) than the other group (M=3.5SEM=1.1) (t=2.13, p<.05). This outcome supports the assumption that most participants selected a highly preferred reinforce first. Along with mean data, we will present representative data from individual participants.
 
20. Concurrent Ratio Schedules and the Matching Law
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BENIGNO ALONSO ALVAREZ (University of Oviedo), Carlos F. Aparicio Naranjo (Salem State University)
Abstract: The generality of the Matching Law was established across species using concurrent variable interval schedules of reinforcement with choice in steady state. Research using concurrent variable ratio instead of variable interval schedules found exclusive preference for the better-off alternative. Yet, this finding has not been documented with choice in transition. This study used concurrent random ratio schedules arranging different rates of reinforcement defining seven components occurring in random order within sessions. Each unsignaled component provided 10 reinforcers and was followed by a 1-minute black out. Results were in keeping with undermatching, ruling out the possibility of exclusive preference. Local and extended levels of analyses showed results consistent with those obtained with choice in transition and concurrent variable interval schedules: a) sensitivity increased with successive food deliveries; b) preference changed with continuations and discontinuations of reinforcers; c) pulses of preference and sequences were similar to those obtained in dynamic reinforcing environments.
 
21. Pigeon Choice Behaviour With Multiple Alternatives
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
EMMA BEEBY (University of Otago), Brent L. Alsop (University of Otago)
Abstract: A lot of what we know about choice is based on research using just two alternatives, there have been relatively few studies that investigate choice using multiple (more than 2) alternatives. Recent research has suggested that data from multiple alternative choice experiments cannot easily be accommodated by the Generalized Matching Law. The goal of this experiment was to look at choice behavior in pigeons with multiple alternatives available and also compare two alternative choice to three alternative choice. Pigeons were presented with three simultaneously available alternatives using a concurrent schedule. These alternatives were assigned to one of three reinforcer ratios, 9:3:1. The reinforcer ratios positions were counterbalanced across pairs of birds. In some conditions all three keys were available and in other conditions only two keys were available. The results showed that pairs of alternatives with the same ratio of reinforcers but different reinforcer rates (i.e., 9:3 & 3:1) produced different measures of preference; log response ratios were greater on average for the 3:1 pair than the 9:3 pair. Choice behavior also seemed to differ when there were two options available compared to three options. This suggests that choice behavior gets more complicated when there are more than two alternatives.
 
22. Choice Between Reinforcers With and Without Delayed Shock
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AARON DUMAS (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Studies comparing the relative value of immediate and delayed consequences have emphasized choice between smaller immediate reinforcers versus larger delayed reinforcers. Less is known about choice situations that feature immediate reinforcement and delayed aversive events. The present experiment used Mazurs titration procedure to examine how an immediate reinforcer is devalued when it is followed by delayed electric shock. Rats were presented with a choice between 1 immediate food pellet versus 2 or 3 immediate pellets and a delayed shock. Trials were divided into blocks with 2 forced-choice trials and 2 free-choice trials. Delay to the shock was raised or lowered across blocks, based on the rats choices in free-choice trials, until an indifference point was reached that is, until the rat chose the two consequences equally often. Indifference points identify the delay to shock that effectively reduces the value of the larger reinforcer to equal the smaller reinforcer. Shock intensity was manipulated across a range from 0.05 mA to 0.8 mA, and shock duration from 100 ms to 200 ms. Indifference points were directly related to shock intensity and duration.
 
23. Contrast and Matching in Multiple VI-DRL schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW E. ANDRZEJEWSKI (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Nicole Holder (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Megan Richards (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Kayla Fleck (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Amanda Terrinoni (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater)
Abstract: Behavioral contrast refers to a change in responding in one component of a multiple schedule induced by changes in reinforcement probability in another component. Seven rats were exposed to a 2 component multiple schedule, where lever presses in one component were reinforced on a VI-30” schedule, and a DRL schedule in the second component. The value of the DRL (30”, 22.5”, 15”, 7.5” and 3.75”) was manipulated across phases in a pseudo-counterbalanced way and changed only after stable performance was obtained. DRL responding changed as a function of DRL value, as did VI responding, confirming behavioral contrast. The Matching Law described the relationship between DRL and VI performance well (>90% VAC in 6 of 8 rats). In a second, ongoing experiment, the DRL value will be held constant at 15” while the VI will be systematically manipulated. Data from these two experiments will be compared and contrasted in light of the Matching Law and other quantitative models of multiple schedule performance.
 
24. Historical Effort is Not Related to Subsequent Value of Rewards and Cues in Individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY JONES (Little Red Car ABA Services LLC), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erin Schaller (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher E. Bullock (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Previous research on within-session contrast has demonstrated that history with discriminative stimuli may bias choice toward cues associated with greater effort (Clement, Feltus, Kaiser, & Zentall, 2000). However, shifting preference for rewards using this procedure has only been demonstrated in one study with rats (Johnson & Gallagher, 2011) and attempts to replicate this procedure have been unsuccessful to date (DeLeon et al., 2011). The current study attempted to alter the value of rewards and discriminative cues associated with these rewards by increasing the historical effort to obtain those rewards. Results indicate that this procedure was unsuccessful or shifted preference away from that reinforcer across participants. The possible sources for these failures are discussed and could be related to methodological or participant specific variables.
 
28. Holding For a Better Outcome: Continuously Changing Probability and Magnitude in an Accumulation Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHARLES FRYE (Utah State University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Michael Young (Kansas State University)
Abstract: We assessed sensitivity to trade-offs between reinforcer immediacy and amount while probability of reinforcement was simultaneously increasing using the escalating interest task and hold duration as the dependent measure. Four long-evans hooded rats served as subjects for the experiment. Lever holding was probabilistically reinforced with sucrose solution. The magnitude and probability of reinforcement were determined by separate feedback functions. The growth rate for the probability of reinforcement varied daily according to a pseudo-random quaternary sequence. Each day, the growth rate for probability could be positively accelerating, negatively accelerating, or linear. The growth rate for magnitude was always linear. Thus, relatively long hold durations made reinforcement both more likely and, if it was delivered at all, of a greater magnitude. Reinforcement magnitude and probability reached a maximum after hold durations of 10 s. For all four rats, the distribution of hold durations tracked daily changes in feedback conditions, indicating sensitivity to the contingencies.
 
29. The Effects of Reinforcer Banking on Variable-Interval Responding in Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRIAN TALSMA (Central Michigan University), Eric James French (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: The present research attempts to elucidate the effects of inter-reinforcement interval length on response allocation in concurrent schedules. Variable interval schedules were modified such that reinforcers were added to a bank at the end of each interval with the next interval beginning immediately. A single response produced a single reinforcer from the bank. In this way minimum work requirement and maximum reinforcement rate was identical to typical variable interval schedules with the same intervals. Pigeons responded on a concurrent schedule in which pecks on the left key were reinforced according to a typical variable interval 60-s schedule and pecks on the right key were reinforced according to a variable interval t-s schedule in which reinforcers were banked, in which the average interval (t) value for the right key changed daily between seven different values (7.5, 15, 30, 60, 120, 240, and 480). Analysis using the generalized matching law showed a bias towards the banked schedule of reinforcement in all pigeons.
 
30. Evaluation of Fixed-Ratio Pausing on High Response Cost Activities in Human Healthy Adults
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRUNO ANGELO STRAPASSON (Universidade Federal do Paraná), Rodrigo H. Puppi (Universidade Positivo), Rosilaine Morfinato (Universidade Positivo)
Abstract: Laboratory experiments on multiple and mixed fixed-ratio schedules have shown different relations on pauses between reinforcements. We evaluated the relationship between pauses and schedules sizes in two experiments, with five healthy adults subjected to physically intense exercises on an almost natural environment (a regular bodybuilding gym), in the absence of arbitrary reinforcers. In Experiment 1, abdominal exercises of two participants occurred in programmed sessions under a multiple fixed-ratio schedule, alternating between large (30 repetitions) and small (6 repetitions) amounts of exercise series. Joint effects of discriminative stimuli and magnitude of executed series were found, with longer pauses prior and after larger components. In Experiment 2, components of multiple and mixed fixed-ratio schedules were alternated in conditions similar to Experiment 1. All three participants exhibited longer pauses prior to larger components when under multiple schedules, while under mixed schedule the longer pauses occurred after large components for two participants and no important differences in pauses were found for the third participant. The results are consistent with those from highly controlled experimental designs, despite procedural differences, demonstrating a generalization of the effects from pauses on fixed-ratio schedules and expanding the conclusions to healthy adults on usual everyday life activities.
 
31. The Role of Lever Location and Post-Reinforcement Pauses on Fixed Ratio Performances in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERIC JAMES FRENCH (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to assess the role of the post-reinforcement pause in the formation of the Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement (MPR) function. The coupling coefficient in the model carries the theoretical implication that rich schedules garner lowered response rates due to incomplete response-reinforcer coupling. The current research explores the possibility that rates are reduced due to competing behaviors occurring during post-reinforcement pause. Four rats first experienced an increasing progression of fixed-ratio schedules across sessions (2, 4, 16, 32, 64, and 128) under a condition with the lever near the food hopper, followed by a condition where the lever was distal to the hopper. MPR was used to assess both response rates and run rates (post-reinforcement pauses excluded). The model adequately described the data. The rate measures in three rats were distinctly lower with the lever distal from the food hopper. Parameter estimates for the coupling coefficient suggest that the post-reinforcement pause is a large determiner in the ascending limb of the function. However, the longer pauses recorded in the distal lever condition do not fully explain the reduced overall response rates in three of the four rats.
 
32. A Comparison of Response-Contingent and Noncontingent Pairing in the Conditioning of a Reinforcer
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SARAH J. MILLER (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), George H. Noell (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Two pairing procedures were compared in the conditioning of a secondary reinforcer with three typically-developing preschoolers. Pairings of neutral stimuli (colored cards) and primary reinforcers were delivered either contingent upon a participant response or noncontingently (i.e., independent of a participant response). Maintenance of responding when responses resulted in the neutral stimulus alone was compared prior to and throughout pairing using progressive-ratio probes. Results yielded undifferentiated responding between the contingently-paired and noncontingently-paired stimuli and a stimulus never paired with reinforcement (a control card), indicating that no conditioning effect occurred. Potential factors in producing this lack of differentiation are discussed, including differences in methodology between this study and past studies.
 
33. Adjustment of Behavior Under Short Functionally Different Temporally Defined Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIO SERRANO (Universidad Veracruzana), Guadalupe Azamar Gonzalez (Universidad Veracruzana), Jose Francisco Dominguez Barrera (Universidad Veracruzana), Zaira Jacqueline García Pérez (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract: Using a within subject design rats were exposed to non-contingent (NK), contingent (K), and conditional-contingent (CK) reinforcement (water) using 15 s long temporally defined schedules. The limited-hold period for reinforcement was signaled by tones. Adjustment of behavior to contingency arrangements was calculated using formulas that arithmetically related stimuli (i.e., scheduled and obtained) and functionally-defined different kinds of responses (i.e., required, contingent and persistent). As in previous experiments in which 60 s long schedules were used and lights served as signals, the performance under NK reinforcement was higher that under K reinforcement, which in turn was higher than under CK reinforcement. Adjustment, however, was lower than in previous experiments. These results are discussed in the context of the respondent-operant distinction and interbehavioral psychology.
 
34. Adjustment of Behavior Under Two, Three, and Four Term Contingencies Using Tones as Correlated Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIO SERRANO (Universidad Veracruzana), Jose Francisco Dominguez Barrera (Universidad Veracruzana), Zaira Jacqueline García Pérez (Universidad Veracruzana), Guadalupe Azamar Gonzalez (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract: Using a within subject design rats were exposed to non-contingent (NK), contingent (K), and conditional-contingent (CK) reinforcement (water) using 60 s long temporally defined schedules. The limited-hold period for reinforcement was signaled by tones. Adjustment of behavior to contingency arrangements was calculated using formulas that arithmetically related stimuli (i.e., scheduled and obtained) and functionally-defined different kinds of responses (i.e., required, contingent and persistent). As in previous experiments in which lights were used as correlated signals, the performance under NK reinforcement was higher that under K reinforcement, which in turn was higher than under CK reinforcement. These results are discussed in the context of the respondent-operant distinction and interbehavioral psychology.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #380
EDC Mon noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
35. Effects of Attendance of One Disruptive Student on Classroom Wide Rates of Inappropriate Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SAMANTHA EVANS (Youngstown State University), Katie DiCola (Youngstown State University), Kristopher Brown (Youngstown State University), Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: How much trouble can one child be? High rates of inappropriate behavior by a child in educational settings will adversely affect that childs learning and socialization. When a student is behaving inappropriately, by default the student is not behaving appropriately the student is not learning. Compounding this problem is that, through various processes such peer imitation and social reinforcement, inappropriate behaviors of just one child may spread throughout the entire classroom resulting in high rates of inappropriate behavior by many, most, or all, of the other students in the classroom, i.e., whether or not the class as a whole is considered out of control may end up being a function of the presence or absence of just one student. Here pre-intervention data is presented from a fourth grade classroom in an inner city school for children with behavioral and developmental disabilities (ADHD, Autism, etc.) showing that high classroom wide rates of out-of-seat behavior and verbal disruptions were a function of just one students attendance. Thus efforts may need to be made to increase appropriate behaviors and thus decrease inappropriate behaviors of a single student, not just for that students wellbeing, but for the sake of the entire classroom.
 
36. Noncontingent Reinforcement to Decrease Disruptive Classroom Behavior in a Student With Emotional/Behavioral Disorder
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER RUBOW (University of Florida), Christina F. Noel (Western Kentucky University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) is the provision of reinforcing stimuli at fixed intervals, regardless of behavior, while simultaneously extinguishing a behavior that has the same reinforcing stimuli. Noncontingent reinforcement is an evidence-based practice for reducing maladaptive behaviors with a variety of maintaining stimuli in individuals with developmental disabilities (Carr, Severtson, & Lepper, 2009). Noncontingent reinforcement has previously been used to reduce disruptive classroom behaviors in students with emotional/behavioral disorders (EBD) in a psychiatric hospital setting (Rasmussen & O�Neill, 2006). The purpose of this study was to determine the effectiveness of NCR for decreasing disruptive classroom behaviors maintained by attention in a student with EBD. A secondary purpose was to determine the effects of NCR on teacher praise and reprimands. Using a withdrawal design, NCR was provided to a student with EBD during typical classroom instruction. Resulting data supported the effectiveness of NCR to decrease this student�s disruptive behaviors. Additionally, during intervention phases, teacher praise statements increased and teacher reprimands decreased. Results suggest NCR can be used to decrease disruptive classroom behaviors maintained by attention and improve student-teacher dynamics.

 
37. Teachers' Reported Use of Evidence-Based Strategies Based on Applied Behavior Analysis When Dealing With Challenging Student Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Snaefridur Drofn Bjorgvinsdottir (University of Iceland), ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (University of Iceland)
Abstract: This poster presents findings on Icelandic teachers' views about challenging behavior and teachers' reported use of strategies based on applied behavior analysis and positive behavior support when dealing with challenging behavior. Additionally, the preservice and in-service preparation for preventing and handling challenging student behavior was examined. Data was collected using a translated and adapted version of Westling's (2010) Questionnaire About Teachers and Challenging Behavior. Participants were 124 general education and special education teachers from nine schools in the capital region in Iceland. Participants answers indicated that they were most likely to use strategies directed to changing the antecedents of behavior and consequences of behavior, such as positive reinforcement. Only 12% felt they received adequate preservice preparation to deal with challenging behavior but one third felt they had received adequate in-service preparation to deal with challenging behavior. Finally, results showed a positive correlation between teachers' preparation in selected areas of applied behavior analysis and positive behavior support and their use of effective strategies when dealing with challenging student behavior (r(70) = 0,33, p = 0,005). The results indicate that there is room for improvement when it comes to teacher preparation in Iceland to deal with challenging behavior and that in-service preparation relates to teachers' use of effective strategies when dealing with challenging behavior.
 
38. Challenging Student Behavior: Perceived Effects on Teachers'Well-Being
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Snaefridur Drofn Bjorgvinsdottir (University of Iceland), ANNA-LIND PETURSDOTTIR (University of Iceland)
Abstract: This poster presents findings on Icelandic teachers' views about challenging behavior and their perceived effects on their well-being and job satisfaction. The study examined the extent of students' challenging behavior, as reported by teachers, as well as its impact on teachers and students. It also examined teachers' perceived support when dealing with challenging student behavior and level of emotional exhaustion, and whether these factors were related to students' challenging behavior. Data were collected using a translated and adapted version of Westling's (2010) Questionnaire About Teachers and Challenging Behavior, with an addition of questions about emotional exhaustion. Participants were 124 general education and special education teachers from nine schools in the capital region in Iceland. Participants reported about one in every four students showing challenging behavior and most teachers said they had to deal with it daily. In most participants' opinion, challenging behavior has negative impacts on themselves and their students. Teachers most often received support from co-workers when dealing with challenging behavior, but seldom from behavior specialists or professionals from outside their school. Finally, results showed that one to three teachers out of every ten experience symptoms of emotional exhaustion and more than half of teachers thought about leaving the profession due to student challenging behavior. Also, a positive correlation between how frequently teachers had to deal with challenging behavior and experience of symptoms of emotional exhaustion was observed (r(84) = 0,34, p = 0,001). The results indicate that challenging behavior of students is common and has a negative impact on teachers' well-being and job satisfaction.
 
39. The Effect of Type, Frequency, and Severity of Children’s Problem Behaviors on Teachers’ Psychosocial Adjustment
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
SOYOUNG HEO (Yonsei University), Hyeonsuk Jang (Yonsei University), Harim Kim (Yonsei University), Dayi Jung (Yonsei University), You Na Kim (free-lancer), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to investigate the effect of type (aggression, self-injurious and stereotypic behaviors), frequency, and severity of children’s problem behaviors on psychosocial adjustment of special education teachers. Participants were 80 teachers (12m & 68f) and their age ranged from 23 to 50 (M=32.33, SD=7.6). Behavior Problem Inventory(BPI), PSS(Perceived Stress Scale), modified Parenting Stress Index(PSI), Maslach Burnout Inventory-General Survey(MBI-GS), and WHOQOL-BREF(World Health Organization Quality of Life Assessment Instrument Brief) were administered. Correlation analysis and backward regression analysis were conducted in this study. The result showed that teachers' psychosocial adjustment, especially stress, was significantly influenced by frequency or severity of aggressive behaviors. The impact of self-injurious and stereotypic behaviors was relatively weak, though it varied across different psychological domains. For example, both behaviors significantly affected teachers' quality of life and job satisfaction. These results suggest that reducing aggressive behaviors should be prioritized when diverse problem behaviors co-exist. Although self-injurious behaviors do not affect significantly to teachers' psychosocial adjustment, it should not be less attended due to its impact on children. More research is needed to investigate the relative impact of other types of challenging behaviors including disruptive behaviors, pica, elopement, etc.
 
40. Assessment of Supportive Behavior of Assistant Teachers in a Japanese Regular Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
YUKI DOJO (Kobe Gakuin University)
Abstract:

The purposes of the present study were (a) to demonstrate the supportive behavior of assistant teachers in group-oriented regular classrooms in Japan using direct behavioral observation and (b) to examine assistant teachers' descriptive assessment of off-task behaviors of children with special educational needs. Two regular classrooms in a public elementary school in Kobe City were used for this study. The participants of behavioral observation were two assistant teachers: teacher "A", a 40-year-old female supporting a first grade class; and teacher "B", a 43-year-old female supporting a second grade class. We used 30-second interval recordings to observe their supportive behaviors, and antecedent and consequent events. The results of the behavioral observation showed that the most practiced behavior for both teachers was "doing things together" with an average of 25.8%, e.g., letting the target child write in a notebook and read a textbook while at the child's side. "Sitting beside the target child" was the most conducted supportive behavior for teacher A (26.9%), whereas "checking" was the most conducted supportive behavior for teacher B (28.9%). The results of the descriptive assessment revealed that many assistant teachers focused on and supported inattentive behaviors of target children.

 
41. CANCELLED: Teachers Understanding and Management of Challenging Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANNE BUTLER (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Lisa Monda-Amaya (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine an intervention package on teachers understanding and management of challenging behavior. The study was conducted with five general educators in elementary grades with students with and without disabilities (K-4). A multiple baseline across participants was used to examine both student behavior and teacher behavior and observational data were recorded throughout all phases. After baseline, in Phase One, teachers were provided with an inservice to model typical professional development about function-based interventions and how to recognize and identify the antecedent (and setting events), the operational behavior, and the consequences. In Phase two, teachers were provided with coaching sessions collaboratively with the researcher, to develop interventions to match the function of each students behavior. Results indicate that when teachers were provided with coaching, student challenging behavior decreased and teacher behavior to use effective interventions increased.

 
42. Teacher Praise and Reprimands Directed Toward Students With Problem Behavior: A Reexamination
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TARA MOORE (The University of Tennessee, Knoxville), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University), Daniel M. Maggin (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: Findings from classroom-based observations indicate recent trends of higher overall rates of teacher approval and lower overall rates of disapproval. However, further results indicate students identified to exhibit problem behaviors generally receive greater amounts of disapproval from their teachers in both general and special education settings. Teachers use of praise and reprimands was examined for 305 elementary-age students identified as exhibiting problem behaviors across two educational settings (i.e., self-contained special education classrooms and general education classrooms). Results indicated slightly higher median rates of teacher reprimands than median rates of teacher praise in both classroom settings, with evidence of high variability in rates of praise and reprimands received by students in the sample. Results also indicated students observed in both classroom settings typically received ratios of praise to reprimands that were much lower than recommendations for effective classroom management. Results of analyses of variance components indicated some teachers were more successful than others at providing high levels of praise to the students in their special education classrooms. This finding may indicate a need for focusing future research and intervention efforts at both classroom levels and within classrooms to increase implementation of positive behavioral interventions and supports for all students.
 
43. The Effects of Response Cost and Self-Monitoring on the Off-Task Behavior of Two Fourth Graders During Large Group Instruction
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TAYLEE ELESCANO (Weber State University), Natalie Allen-Williams (Weber State University)
Abstract:

This poster will present data from two function-based behavioral interventions that were implemented to decrease the occurrences of off-task behavior by two fourth-grade students with moderate disabilities. Both students were receiving services under IDEA 2004 having been identified with Learning Disabilities. Off-task was defined as any occurrence of the following: looking away from the board, teacher or unfinished work for longer than five seconds, eyes closed and head on students' desk, out of seat, vocal verbal non-content related statements or noises to adults or peers, eyes away from the teacher or text at the time of the observation or playing with items not related to the current lesson. The students were engaging in this behavior in order to escape unwanted tasks and/or gain peer and adult attention. A reversal design was used to verify the effectiveness of the intervention selected. For Chris, whose behavior was maintained both by escape and attention, response cost was implemented using an ABAB design. During baseline his off-task behavior occurred an average of six times during a 15-minute observation. During intervention the students average off-task behaviors decreased to 1.5 occurrences. During the return to baseline, the average off-task behaviors increased well above the initial baseline levels to an average of 11 occurrences. The final implementation phase resulted in an average of 1.68 occurrences of off-task behavior. For David, whose behavior was escape motivated an ABA design was implemented using a self-monitoring system with the MotivAider. During baseline, this student averaged 11 occurrences of off-task behavior and during intervention averaged 4 occurrences, using momentary time-sampling. At the time of submission, data for the return to baseline phase were being collected.

 
44. The Effect of Daily Reinforcement on Student Behavior in a Private Academic School
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
JODI DUGAN (Wesley Spectrum Services)
Abstract: Students attending a private academic school for various reasons; onsite therapeutic support, smaller classroom size/ student population, or alternative placement, pose challenges in meeting the varying needs while maintain motivation. The school is a safe and comfortable environment for students so the week leading up to break present challenges as students prepare for unstructured days equaling increase in inappropriate behaviors. The study examined the effects of daily reinforcement the week leading to break. The study consisted of an ABAB design across the student population of 76 students as well as a focus on 5 students (regular and special education, with varying diagnoses). The dependent variable is the percentage of students earning 80% or more of daily points, which are earned in the classroom by being respectful, responsible, and safe. During baseline, students had no access to a reward. During the experimental phase, students were reinforced with snacks based on having 80% or more points from the day before. Findings thus far show that the number of students earning 80% or more points increased. The 5 students also showed an increase daily through the week. Further data will be collected to confirm the functional relationship.
 
45. Teacher Consultation as an Intervention to Improve Classroom Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
TERYN BRUNI (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Jessica Sevecke (Central Michigan University), Seraphim Mork (Central Michigan University), Maria Alejandra Ramirez (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Using behavioral consultation, off-task behavior of a five-year-old girl measured by the number of redirections by the teacher was decreased using environmental modification (i.e., moved to a different seat in the classroom), differential reinforcement, and token economy. Controlling variables were assessed and baseline data were collected. Variables maintaining the behavior included attention from peers and teacher. Results show that after moving the student away from reinforcing peers, off task behavior reduced dramatically. Reinforcement procedures and the token system was also introduced and seemed to help further reduce and maintain behavior. A natural reversal was implemented when a substitute teacher was present in the classroom. During this time, the number of redirections increased to baseline level. Upon return of the classroom teacher and reinstatement of the intervention, the number of redirections returned to post-baseline frequency.
 
46. Decreasing Talking Out Behavior Using Differential Reinforcement, Response Cost, and Token Economy Through Teacher Consultation
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SERAPHIM MORK (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Maria Alejandra Ramirez (Central Michigan University), Jessica Sevecke (Central Michigan University), Teryn Bruni (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Through teacher consultation “talking out” behavior of an eight-year-old boy was targeted. Goldstein and Goldstein (1990) operationally defined talking out as “spoken words, either friendly, neutral, or negative in content which are directed at either the teacher without first obtaining permission to speak or unsolicited at classmates during inappropriate times or during work periods”(pp. 94-95). His behavior was maintained by teacher and peer attention. The teacher was asked to use a response cost procedure in combination with a token system and time-out from reinforcement as the intervention for a 40-minute duration during the second period of class, when reading was usually taught. Additionally a differential reinforcement procedure using attention from peers was introduced. A replacement behavior of “hand raising” was also instituted. The reinforcers used were praise, peer attention, time with the computer, and reading breaks. Despite the difficulties with fidelity, the intervention was useful in reducing the frequency of talking out in the target student.
 
47. A Multi-Site Efficacy Trial of the Class-wide Function-related Intervention Teams-CW-FIT: A Research to Practice Agenda for Students with and At Risk for EBD-Year 2 Findings (IES # R324A120344)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DEBRA KAMPS (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Rose Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University), Terrell McGuire (Vanderbilt University), Paul Caldarella (Brigham Young University Positive Behavior Support Initiative), Leslie Gunter (Brigham Young University), Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: The purpose of the project is to conduct a multi-site efficacy trial of the Class-wide Function-related Intervention Teams Program (CW-FIT) for elementary school students including students with and at risk for Emotional/Behavior Disorders (EBD). The CW-FIT Program includes four elements designed from hundreds of empirical studies: (1) teaching socially-appropriate communicative skills, (2) differential reinforcement using an interdependent group contingency, (3) extinction or eliminating potential reinforcement (attention, escape) for problem behavior, and (4) Tier 2 using self-management, help cards, and functional assessment. The study is based on strong prior evidence of the efficacy of the CW-FIT intervention in seventeen schools. In the current study, schools in Missouri, Utah, and Tennessee are participating in a randomized trial over four years. Year 2 findings will be highlighted with overall outcomes for the first two years as well which include improved class-wide on task behavior and decreased disruptive behaviors for at risk students. Figures present data for the first semester for four classes and at risk students at the Missouri site. Final data will be presented from classes and students across the three national sites for intervention classrooms and for individual students.
 
48. A Comprehensive Intervention to Support Students With Emotional Disturbance Transition to Public Education Placements
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
TRACI ELAINE RUPPERT (University of Oregon), Rohanna Buchanan (Oregon Social Learning Center), Tom Cariveau (University of Oregon), Marilynn Porritt (University of Oregon), Michael Schwartz (University of Oregon), Jill Kornelis (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Students with emotional disturbance are at-risk for multiple negative outcomes including school failure. Statistics from 2003 show that 56% of students with emotional disturbance dropped out of school (USDED, 2005). Prior research has shown that students with emotional disturbance benefit from individualized behavior interventions that include parents and data to inform treatment decisions (Vernberg et al., 2004). The Students with Involved Families and Teachers program incorporates these findings to support parents and students who are placed in treatment settings and transition back into public education placements. The goal of the current study is to increase school success and maintain or increase levels of prosocial behavior during school transitions for students with emotional disturbance. The current project supports parents and students through the development of routines, differential reinforcement, and manipulation of consequences using modeling, shaping, and role-playing during weekly sessions. Coaching sessions are informed by teacher and parent data that rates student behavior across 21 prosocial and 35 challenging behaviors. The results showed that student participants had high rates of challenging behavior before entering the current study with decreases in challenging behavior and increases in prosocial behavior during intervention. These outcomes inform educational practices during transitions for at-risk students.
 
49. Acceptability of Functional Assessment Procedures to Special Educators and School Psychologists: Data From National and State Samples
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (University of Utah), Kaitlin Bundock (University of Utah)
Abstract: Functional behavioral assessment (FBA) procedures have been widely researched, disseminated, and practiced for over 30 years. However, there are relatively little data concerning the acceptability of such procedures to various practitioners. This study reports data from both national and state level samples of special education teachers and school psychologists. They were surveyed with regard to their acceptance of various types of FBA procedures (e.g., questionnaires/interviews, observations, experimental functional analyses), their level of familiarity with such procedures, and perspectives on their suitability for students exhibiting milder and more severe problem behaviors. Results will summarize participant demographic characteristics, perceived acceptability of different procedures, and open-ended comments made by participants. (Please note: the attached data tables are a subset of all of the tables that will be presented/available at the poster presentation).
 
50. CANCELLED: Teacher Consultation: Decreasing Student Office Referrals using Self-monitoring and Token Economy
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSICA SEVECKE (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Teryn Bruni (Central Michigan University), Maria Alejandra Ramirez (Central Michigan University), Seraphim Mork (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

Through teacher consultation, an intervention was implemented to decrease student office referrals that were a result of excessive "blurting out" in the classroom. "Blurting out," which was defined as speaking out of turn, typically resulted in the teacher sending the student to the office. The teacher identified that referrals were highest during the 90-minute reading block period. A self-monitoring intervention and token economy reward system was implemented by the classroom teacher. Additionally, the teacher was instructed to attend to the student only if he raised his hand before speaking. If the child demonstrated "blurting" behaviors, the teacher was instructed to ignore the student. Results indicated that there were a variable number of referrals during baseline. Referrals dropped to zero per week over several weeks after the intervention was implemented. Additionally, treatment integrity observations indicate that the intervention was performed with integrity. Overall, the implementation of self-monitoring and use of a token economy reward system delivered through a consultation model improved classroom behavior.

 
51. Knowledge and Implementation of ABA Strategies: Perceptions of Rural Teachers
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Suneeta Kercood (Butler University), JANICE A. GRSKOVIC (Indiana University Northwest), Devender Banda (Texas Tech University), Jasmine Begeske (Purdue University)
Abstract:

This survey explored rural educators knowledge and application of applied behavior analysis and barriers to implementation. Results can guide the design of training materials and planning of professional development in rural schools. Teachers from three Midwestern rural districts participated in the survey. We currently have 64 responses but expect to collect at least 200 by April. Current survey completers were mostly general education secondary teachers (66%) from rural schools (90%). Most (50) were experienced teachers, female (76%), and half had Masters degrees. About 55% taught in inclusion classrooms. About half had taken a college course on behavior management; only 30% had taken a course in applied behavior analysis. When questioned about their knowledge of ABA, 100% of respondents rated that they were knowledgeable about positive reinforcement using teacher praise and food. More than half rated themselves as knowledgeable or very knowledgeable for each of the 17 items. A few respondents had no knowledge of 8 of the principles. Three strategies were used most: praise and social reinforcement, modeling, and prompting. Least used were over correction, group contingencies, primary reinforcement, and token economies. Identified barriers included lack of knowledge and feedback and a lack of understanding of effective use. (198 words)

 
52. Outcomes of Training School Personnel in Brief Experimental Analysis
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
BARBARA A. PLINE (Keystone Area Education Agency), Michelle Hinzman (Keystone Area Education Agency), Chamoni J. DeLong (Keystone Area Education Agency), Pamela A. Fields (Keystone Area Education Agency), Doug A. Penno (Keystone Area Education Agency)
Abstract: For this project, a model of professional development was developed and implemented to train 33 school personnel (i.e., school psychologists, educational consultants, social workers) to conduct Brief Experimental Analysis (BEA) in school settings. Trainees each selected two students (for a total of 66 students) who struggled in the area of reading fluency for whom to complete BEA and implement a BEA-identified intervention for an extended period. Training occurred in five sessions spanning five months with continued support throughout that time period. In addition to instruction in the tenets of experimental analysis, trainees were provided instruction in the following topics: foundations of reading instruction, evidence-based interventions, progress monitoring, data analysis, and intervention integrity. Several sources of data were analyzed to determine the effectiveness of the training in addition to student outcome data. One source of data was a survey administered as a pretest/posttest measure to determine trainees understanding of the content covered in the training. Second, the Behavior Intervention Rating Scale (BIRS) was administered to each teacher who provided instruction to students with BEA-identified interventions. This survey data was used to measure the acceptability and perceived effectiveness of the BEA-identified interventions. Finally, student data was analyzed to determine whether implementation of BEA-identified interventions produced positive reading outcomes for students. Oral reading probes were administered weekly to determine students rate of progress and intervention effect sizes. Additionally, the Gray Oral Reading Test (GORT-5) was administered as a pretest/posttest measure of reading growth. This study will be completed with final data collected March 2014.
 
53. The Effects of Teacher Training Program for Functional Behavior Support
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KENICHI OHKUBO (Hokkaido University of Education, Asahikawa Campus)
Abstract: In Japan, many schools struggle with behavior problems. These problems are not only in the field of special education but also in a wider context. These problems include violence and bullying by students at school and the use of corporal punishment by teachers. The purposes of the present study was examination of effects of teacher training for FBA skills that enable to organize information and design BSPs properly. We evaluated effects of training program by AB design. 3 teachers who worked in preschool, elementary school, and special school participated in this study. I conducted "lectures" about basic principles of ABA, FBA, and designing BSP by using on-line video clip. And I conducted "exercises" for organizing information and designing BSP by using checklist and feedback. As a results, knowledge pertaining to Behavior Analysis of all teachers improved, and problem behavior of all students decreased and appropriate behavior of all students increased. Furthermore the points of CBCL(Child Behavior Checklist) and depressive tendency of teachers improved. These findings suggest effectiveness, validity, and necessity to train typical school personnel for conducting functional behavior support. Implications, limitations, and directions for future research are presented.
 
54. An Evaluation of the Overjustification Effect Based on Task Preference in Typically Developing Preschool Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JEREMY DASHIELL (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Shawn Fox (Penn State Harrisburg), Catherine Cordaro (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract:

The overjustification effect, a concept from self-perception theory, states that an individuals intrinsic motivation to engage in activities is lost following reinforcement. However, previous research suggests the level of intrinsic motivation may be an important variable in the occurrence of the overjustification effect. An individuals intrinsic motivation (or preference) may be measured directly through preference assessments. Because reinforcement is commonly used in educational settings, for activities of varying preference, it is important to evaluate this phenomenon and the effects of different preference levels. For the current study, participants preference for various tasks was evaluated using a modified-MSWO procedure. Next, an evaluation was conducted to determine if this initial preference (high, moderate, or low) would affect the prevalence of the overjustification effect following reinforcement. For one participant, the overjustification effect occurred for the high-preferred task, but it did not occur for the second participant with any task. Based on these data, it is unlikely that the overjustification effect will occur following moderate- and low-preferred tasks, the tasks for which reinforcement is most likely to be provided.

 
55. An Evaluation of the Reinforcing Efficacy of General Praise and Behavior-Specific Praise in Typically Developing Preschool Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NINA CARRAGHAN (Penn State Harrisburg), Angela Nestico (Penn State Harrisburg), Amanda Cleveland (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract: Research on problem behavior has indicated that attention will function as a reinforcer, and that certain types of attention may function as stronger reinforcers than other types. One type of attention that may function as a reinforcer is praise. It has also been suggested that behavior-specific praise, or praise that described the target behavior, is more effective than general praise, which does not describe the target behavior. The purpose of the present study is to evaluate whether behavior-specific praise will result in higher levels of behavior than general praise in typically developing preschool children. A multielement design was used to compare behavior-specific and general praise delivered for correct responses on a maintenance task. Our data indicate that both behavior-specific and general praise functioned as a reinforcer; however, behavior-specific praise resulted in slightly higher levels of correct responses. This indicates that behavior-specific praise may be a more effective reinforcer than general praise; therefore it may be beneficial for therapists and teachers to use behavior-specific praise to increase classroom and academic behavior.
 
56. An Evaluation of the Effects of Reinforcer Preference on the Value of Choice in Typically Developing Preschool Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN RHETT (Penn State Harrisburg), Samantha Dubs (Penn State Harrisburg), Szu-Chi (Jennifer) Liu (Penn State Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract: Recent research on choice has shown that it, in itself, is a reinforcer. However, there is little research on variables that may affect the reinforcing efficacy of it. One variable may be the preference level of the reinforcers provided. Providing choices may be more reinforcing, or only reinforcing, if the items provided are high-preferred items. The current study replicated and extended previous research on the reinforcing value of choice by evaluating the effects of reinforcer preference in isolation to determine if there is an effect on participant’s preference for making choices. Results suggest that when the reinforcers presented are of moderate- and low-preference, the participant selected the child-choice option at a high frequency and at a low frequency when the reinforcers presented were high-preferred. This indicates that choosing may be more valuable in situations in which the reinforcers provided are less-preferred. One reason may be that when low- and moderate-preferred items are available, the participant has learned the act of choosing their reinforcer increases the likelihood that the reinforcer consumed will be better than when someone chooses for them.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #381
OBM Mon Noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
57. The Effects of Visual Graphic Feedback, Performance Feedback, and Goal Setting on Increasing Staff Performance With Data Collection Procedures
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
PAMELA GIL (Texas Tech University), Stacy L. Carter (Texas Tech University), Jim Forbes (Department of Aging and Disability Services)
Abstract:

The current study investigated the effects of providing visual graphic feedback, performance feedback, and goal setting with supervisory staff at a state supported living center for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The dependent variable being measured was direct care staff’s compliance with submission of behavior data cards to document the implementation of behavior support plans. The facility had been experiencing on-going difficulty ensuring proper documentation of the implementation of behavior interventions prescribed within behavior support plans. The interventions were implemented in isolation and as a package intervention and analyzed within a multiple baseline across residential homes format. Data collected over a period of more than 12 months determined that a packaged intervention including: performance feedback, goal setting, and visual graphic feedback resulted in increased levels of data card submission and subsequently improved the documentation at the facility. A discussion of the relevant effectiveness of the procedures along with potential barriers to implementation will be discussed.

 
58. Reducing Electricity Use on Campus: Using Feedback to Decrease Unnecessary Classroom Lighting
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA NESNIDOL (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: Energy conservation is an important component in the effort to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and reduce company overhead costs. Energy consumption itself represents the greatest environmental impact associated with college campus operations. Previous efforts towards increasing energy conservation have included instituting energy awareness campaigns on college campuses (Simpson, 2003) as well as instituting programs using monthly group-level feedback to employees and educators to increase awareness and promote energy conservation among businesses (Carrico and Riemer, 2010). The current study used a multiple baseline design to decrease excessive lighting in a large public university building. A visual prompt containing the school mascot was placed in each classroom. The sign asked users to help save energy by turning off the lights and provided visual feedback of the room's performance compared to the average performance of the building. Baseline data identified two floors (out of 5) as particularly problematic and it was those floors to which we directed our efforts.
 
59. Improving a Psychology Association´s performance with Behavioral Systems Analysis
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
GUILLERMO E. YABER OLTRA (Universidad Simon Bolivar)
Abstract: Complexity and selection analysis were used along with the total performance system in order to develop the Venezuelan Federation of Psychology associations´ plans, monitor their progress and improve the performance of the system. . By 2011, the Federation has no major financial resources to cover it expenses, the infrastructure of the building had some problems and only two out of 20 states chapters were operating across the nation. After two years working with the CEO members, the financial income improved; seven states chapters were re-instated; a new contract agreement with the government in the health sector was signed; and three annual meetings of the Federation with universities and state chapter’s collaboration were held after several years without meetings. Current efforts are made for developing the receptors feedback system, as well as to provide more and better services to the Venezuelan Federation of psychologists 8000 registered members, in order to guarantee the behavioral system’s maintenance and sustainability.
 
60. Effects of Graphic and A-B-C Recording Feedback on Decision-Making in a Japanese Foster Home
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
GINGA SASAKI (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract: Performance feedback has been effective in improving a variety of staff's performance. But effects of performance feedback on decision-making during the meeting has not been clear. In this study, we attempted to develop the automatic performance feedback tool so that staffs could make data-based decision during the meeting of living support in a Japanese Foster Home. It consisted of graphic feedback about a child's performance and A-B-C recording about events when a child's target behavior is occurring or not occurring. We evaluated decision-making during the meeting using (a) concreteness scores of descriptions for a child's target behavior that written after the meeting, (b) percentage of words that staffs said during the meeting, and (c) times spent until the end of the meeting. Results showed that (a) concreteness scores of descriptions for a child's target behavior increased, (b) statements for evaluation and proposition of living support that made during the meeting increased, and (c) meeting times decreased after graphic and A-B-C recording feedback. In conclusion, the results suggest that the automatic performance feedback tool is useful for improving decision-making during the meeting for living support.
 
61. Effects of Positive-Positive feedback and Positive-Negative Feedback on Work Performance and Emotional Response
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
EUNJU CHOI (Chung Ang University), Kyehoon Lee (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: The current study examined the effects of two types of feedback sequence on work performance and emotional responses. Participants were asked to work on a simulated quality control task. Twenty eight undergraduate students participated in this study and they were randomly assigned into two groups: 1) positive-positive (P-P) feedback condition, 2) positive-negative (P-N) feedback condition. The dependent variable of this study was the number of correct response. In addition, emotional responses of feedback recipient were measured at the end of the experiment. The results showed that the average number of correct responses under the P-P feedback condition was higher than that under the P-N feedback condition at the intervention phase. For the emotional responses, the score of positive emotional responses under the P-P feedback condition was higher than the P-N feedback condition. On the other hand, the score of negative emotional responses under P-N feedback condition was much higher than the P-P feedback condition.
 
62. Effects of Rule with Deadline on Performance, Stress and Task Interest
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JAEHEE LEE (Chung Ang University), Seul Kim (Chung-Ang University), Kwangsu Moon (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of deadline on work performance, stress, and task-interest. Participants were asked to work on a simulated banking task. The dependent variable were performance quantity, quality, perceived stress and task interest A between-subjects design was used and 80 participants were randomly assigned to one of three experimental groups: (1) rule only, (2) rule with deadline, (3) no rule. The results showed that rule only and rule with deadline group were higher performance quantity than no rule group, but difference between rule only and rule with deadline groups were not significant. However, rule with deadline group was lower performance quality, task interest, and higher than rule only group.
 
63. Effects of Feedback Timing on Performance Quality and Feedback Acceptance.
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
HWANG KYONG IN (Chung Ang University), Jaehee Lee (Chung Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of feedback timing on performance quality, and feedback acceptance between delivering feedback after task performance and feedback before the next task performance. Between subjects design with counterbalancing was adopted. Ten participants were randomly assigned to one of two groups. They attended 7 sessions and performed ten tasks per session. One group received feedback after performance until five sessions and feedback before performance in the following two sessions. The other group was counterbalanced. Participants were asked to work on a computerized product selection task. The dependent variable was error rate of the completed tasks. The results showed that there is no difference between groups of feedback given after and before condition on performance quality. However, perceived feedback acceptance was higher in case of feedback before condition than after condition. Also, the majority of participants in both groups revealed a preference in favor of feedback before condition.
 
64. The Effects of Individual vs. Group Monetary Incentive Systems on Work Performance at a Gas Station
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
HANGSOO CHO (Chungang University), Kyehoon Lee (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: This study examined the relative effects of individual and group monetary incentive systems on work performance at a gas station. The number of participants were three employees at the gas station. Four critical services and one up-selling behaviors were identified and measured daily. ABC within-subject design was adopted for this study. After baseline (A), the group monetary incentive system (B) was introduced. In the next phase, individual monetary incentive system (C) was introduced. Results showed that both monetary incentive systems were effective in increasing all target behaviors.
 
65. Transfer of Function in Consumer Choice
Area: OBM; Domain: Basic Research
Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), ASLE FAGERSTROM (The Norweigan School of Information Technology), Gordon R. Foxall (Cardiff University)
Abstract: Today, consumers are faced with a number of choices. For companies, creating strong brands have become a management imperative. The ability to understand consumer brand choice is crucial to its legitimacy for academic marketing as well as it is important to marketing practice. In the present experiment, we present stimulus equivalence as a framework for understanding consumers' brand choice. Hence, we asked if preference for specific stimuli is influenced by a test for transfer of function. In the present experiment, 15 college students were trained to form three 3-member classes with arbitrarily related stimuli in a many-to-one training structure (AC/BC). Following conditional discrimination training, a test including directly trained, symmetry, and equivalence trials were implemented. Then, a face (smiling (D1), neutral (D2), or sour D3)) was trained to the nodal stimulus (A1). A test was implemented to see if the functions were transferred to all the stimuli within the class. Finally, the participants were exposed to preference test in which the stimuli from the B set (B1, B2, and B3) were attached to three bottles water. The results showed that most of the participants picked the bottle with B1, indicating that the transfer of function test had influence the preference.
 
66. The Relative Effects of Objective Feedback and Social Comparison Feedback on Work Performance according to Feedback Recipients' Performance Levels
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KYEHOON LEE (Chung-Ang University), Kyounga Lee (Chung-ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the relative effects of objective feedback and social comparison feedback on work performance. In addition, the interaction effects of feedback type and the feedback recipients’ performance levels were examined. Participants were twenty one voluntary college students and attended 9 experimental sessions in total. We adopted a counterbalanced ABC/ACB within subject design (A=baseline; B=objective feedback; C=social comparison feedback) in which eleven participants were exposed to ABC sequence and the remaining ten participants were exposed to ACB sequence. The participants performed a simulated work task on the computers. The dependent variable was the number of work task completed. The results showed that the social comparison feedback was more effective than the objective feedback for the high performers, while the objective feedback was more effective than the social comparison feedback for the low performers.
 
67. The Importance of a Systems Approach to Analyze Organizations and Manage Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JÓHANNA JÓNSDÓTTIR (University of Iceland), Z. Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The aim of this study was to use a systems approach to analyze a private company that sells and services computers and related products on the open market. The analysis took into account the structure of the organization, the connections between departments and units, employee performance, and work flow. With such an analysis one can identify disconnects in the organization and a possible problem in work flow that can lead to poor service and customer dissatisfaction. The tool that was used for the analysis is called The Behavioral Systems Analysis Questionnaire (hereinafter called BSAQ). This is an integrated tool with the purpose of collecting all the appropriate and relevant information in order to analyze the structure of the workplace, important processes and behaviors, and use that information to design an intervention to produce a better workplace and a more profitable system. The premise of the BSAQ and the systems approach is based on the idea that workplaces are systems that must adapt to their environment and there are many external variables that affect the performance of the system. The systems consist of people, processes, and the physical environment of the workplace. Each system is composed of many smaller systems that are all interconnected and dependent on each other and the communication pathways that link them together. In this study, the workshop was the focus of the analysis. Data was collected through interviews with staff and managers. Staff members where put into teams for each process to work together and come to a conclusion using BSAQ tool. The unit was mapped and Total performance system drawings and process maps were made. Such mapping allows the visualization of the service process and leads to improvements and necessary changes that allow the system to operate with greater success. The results of the analysis were in line with the premise and changes and implementation were made based on the information and teamwork achieved with the BSA analysis process.
 
68. The Effects of Self-Monitoring on Participant Fidelity of Reinforcement-Based Procedures
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA L. DOUCETTE (The University of Kansas), Sarah R. Jenkins (The University of Kansas), Jason M. Hirst (The University of Kansas), Amy J. Henley (The University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (The University of Kansas), Robin Codding (University of Massachusetts Boston)
Abstract: This use-inspired basic research investigation sought to (1) evaluate the effects of self-monitoring on the procedural fidelity of reinforcement-based procedures using a multi-element design, (2) measure participant accuracy of different self-monitoring recording procedures, and (3) assess participant preference using a concurrent chains arrangement and a social validity questionnaire. Following baseline, undergraduate participants were trained to implement three reinforcement-based procedures (DRA, NCR, DRO) each associated with a different self-monitoring procedure. Self-monitoring procedures included completing a checklist during the session, at the end of the session, or while watching a video of the previous session. Fidelity increased or maintained during self-monitoring, but idiosyncratic differences were observed across participants. In addition, fidelity was highest during NCR regardless of the self-monitoring procedure. Mean self-monitoring recording accuracy was highest while watching a video of performance and lowest during post-session recording. Results of a concurrent chains arrangement documented a clear preference for a particular self-monitoring procedure for two of three participants. Participants indicated that post-session recording was the least preferred procedure. Fidelity improved or maintained during a follow-up probe. Mean IOA and fidelity was at least 85%. Note that data collection is ongoing.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #382
CBM Mon Noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
69. Compliance to Mothers’ Instructions With Medical Treatment
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ROBSON ZAZULA (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), Márcia Cristina Gon Caserta (Universidade Estadual de Londrina)
Abstract: The atopic dermatitis is a skin chronic disease with unknown etiology and high incidence in childhood. Although the response of following medical recommendations is an important behavior to control the symptoms, there are high rates responses of non-following prescriptions, that are often described as noncompliance. In addition, less importance is assigned to the antecedent environmental variables of following medical prescriptions, especially verbal instructions. This study aimed to evaluate, in a brief direct assessment, the control exerted by direct and indirect instructions, verbalized by mothers, in compliance with treatment. Four typically developing 9- and 14-year-old girls and their mothers were evaluated. All assessments were conducted according to a brief multielement experimental design, in three phases: baseline, direct instructions condition and indirect instructions condition. The results indicated that a direct assessment procedure could be conducted with chronic diseases outpatients, and assess compliance during treatment interactions. During all outpatient assessments were identified high levels of compliance with treatment during direct instruction conditions. On the other hand, when mothers requested most frequently with indirect instructions, the children demonstrated low percentages of compliance behaviors. The results of this study can be important to identify most important variables and to develop groups or individual intervention programs.
 
70. Evaluating the Effects of "The Sleep Fairy" for Bedtime Problems in Typically Developing Children
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE NIEDERMEYER (Behaven Kids), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brett R. Kuhn (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lisa Kelly-Vance (University of Nebraska-Omaha), Lisa St. Clair (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Concerns about disruptive behaviors at bedtime by children are frequently reported by parents during visits with primary care physicians. An intervention that appears easy to implement and is also child friendly is The Sleep Fairy, a story book intervention used to decrease disruptive bedtime behaviors. This investigation involved a controlled evaluation of The Sleep Fairy as a treatment for disruptive bedtime behaviors. Parents of five typically developing children (m = 3, f = 2) and their parents participated. In a multiple baseline design, the independent variable was introduced sequentially. Results indicate that three out of the five childrens behavior showed substantial improvements immediately. A fourth showed improvements after further exposure to the independent variable. A decrease in sleep onset latency was also observed in four children. Results were maintained at one month follow-up. Finally, parents indicated that The Sleep Fairy was acceptable and that they would recommend it to others.
 
71. The Impact of Children With Chronic Disease or Disorder on Marital Satisfaction
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
DAYI JUNG (Yonsei University), Euihyun Kwak (Yonsei University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to investigate the impact of a child’s disease on marital satisfaction amongst mothers of children with pediatric cancer survivors (PCS), developmental disability (DD) and typical development (TD). All mothers (PCS=172, DD =114, TD=157) completed the Korean-Marital Satisfaction Inventory (K-MSI). The results showed that mothers of each group have different levels of dissatisfaction across different domains. For example, mothers of DD scored significantly higher on child-care related subscales including conflict over child rearing and dissatisfaction with children. Mothers of PCS had significantly higher scores on subscales related to aggression and conflict with in-laws. Lastly, mothers of TD scored significantly higher on subscales measuring role orientation and family history of distress than those of DD and PCS. These results imply that the causes of marital dissatisfactions can differ depending on a child’s chronic disease or disorder. Different strategies for marital satisfaction should be required to overcome marital problems. Clinical research implications and limitations are discussed.
 
72. Acceptance and Commitment Training for Pervasive Developmental Disorder Staff: Intra-Subject Study
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELA ROCIO MUÑOZ TORRES (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral), Oscar Cordoba (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral), Monica Maria Novoa Gomez (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana)
Abstract: Pervasive developmental Disorder staff presents high rates of occupational distress and burnout syndrome (Skirrow & Hatton, 2007), this factor may contribute to high rates of staff turnover and absenteeism. In this study, five psychologist working on PDD intervention design and caretakers complaints attention were involved in a four half-day sessions intervention based on acceptance and commitment therapy (designed using a protocol by Bond and Hayes, 2004). Pretest, Posttest and Follow up data were taken using a Spanish version of Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI) and a Spanish version of AAQ-II was used to take session per session measures. Participants with high level of emotional exhaustion showed a reduction in this variable after the intervention, while participants with lower level of emotional exhaustion showed little effect. It is hypothesized that behaviors related to emotional exhaustion in this study were part of an experiential avoidance pattern in vital areas different from occupational. For this reason, changes in emotional exhaustion may be related to an increased use of acceptance strategies and a related engagement in other vital areas.
 
73. Caregiver Impact of Autism Spectrum Disorder: Assessing Stress, Sense of Competence, and Relationship Satisfaction
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
NICOLE KLINE (Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane (Florida Institute of Technology: The Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract: While the impact of psycho-social variables has been evaluated for children with chronic illness and related disabilities, questions remain unanswered for families affected by ASD. Participants included 68 primary caregivers seeking services for a child aged fifteen months to 12 years suspected of or diagnosed with an ASD. Assessment tools included: 1. Parenting Stress Index-Fourth Edition-Short-Form (PSI-4-SF; Abidin, 2012), 2. Parenting Sense of Competence Scale (PSOC; Johnston and Mash, 1989), and 3. Relationship Assessment Scale (Hendrick, 1988). Independent samples t-tests were conducted to determine differences with a nonclinical control population (60 participants with a typically-developed child) regarding perceptions of stress, competence and relationship satisfaction. ASD caregivers reported experiencing significantly higher stress than Control caregivers (p=.000). A hierarchical multiple regression analysis was used to assess whether perceived competence and relationship satisfaction variables were predictors of overall stress in the clinical sample. Results indicate that these variables significantly impact parenting stress (p <.001). Implications for parent involvement in treatment and child outcomes are discussed.
 
74. The Effects of Written Instructions and Verbal Feedback on Caregiver Performance of Pediatric Feeding Procedures
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
MARK GRANGER (McNeese State University), Alfred Royal Tuminello Jr. (McNeese State University), Charlotte Lynn Carp (McNeese State University)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated high levels of treatment integrity in controlled clinical settings for multicomponent training packages aimed at pediatric feeding disorders implemented by parents (Mueller et al., 2003). The present study replicated and extended this research by including after session feedback in a training package designed for food refusal with two relatives of a 2 year old blind child. During baseline, participants were exposed to written protocols before each session explaining the procedure, then conducted the procedure with the child on their own. Following baseline, participants continued to be exposed to written protocols and continued to conduct the procedure alone; however, feedback of their performance was given following each session. For one participant, results showed high levels of treatment integrity with both written instructions alone and with feedback. For the other participant, results showed high levels of treatment integrity with the written instructions only within the first couple of sessions; however, those high levels were not consistent until feedback following the session was included. These data are consistent with previous research in demonstrating high levels of treatment integrity for behavioral feeding protocols implemented by parents, and suggest that feedback may be an important component to the training package.
 
75. Teaching PCIT-Based Parent Skills Prior to Parent Conducted Behavioral Treatment Evaluations
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
GREGORY YOUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Joslyn Cynkus Mintz (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Ashley Murphy (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Hemler (Kennedy Krieger Institute), R. J. Boyd (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) is an evidence-based treatment, yet there is limited research on the utility of modified PCIT-based parent skills in combination with additional individualized behavioral treatments. The current study examined the utility of incorporating PCIT-based skills into parent training prior to conducting an individualized behavioral treatment evaluation for John, a 12 year old male diagnosed with ADHD, Asperger's Syndrome, and Oppositional Defiant Disorder. John was admitted to an outpatient clinic for the assessment and treatment of aggressive (verbal and physical) and disruptive behavior. A multiple baseline across skills design was used during pre-treatment parent training with Johns mother. Results indicated that the parent training intervention produced significant reductions in this parents negative interactions (e.g., questions and criticizing statements) and increases in positive interactions (e.g., use of labeled praise and planned ignoring of problem behavior). Following this parent training, an individualized levels system (e.g., Hagopian et al., 2002) was evaluated across three conditions with Johns mother serving as the therapist across all treatment settings. Rates of problem behavior were reduced by 80% or greater across each condition and also during demand fading procedures; thus, supporting the utility of teaching PCIT-derived skills prior to initiating parent-conducted treatment evaluations.
 
76. Utilizing In-vivo Feedback to Train Caregivers to Implement Pediatric Feeding Protocols
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA L. GIBSON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Courtney Mauzy (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jonathan V. Mariano (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Diane Berth (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Although caregivers are responsible for feeding their children, systematic examinations of procedures to train caregivers to implement feeding protocols are lacking. A few researchers have examined the effects of multicomponent behavioral skills training (BST) packages that include combinations of verbal instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback to increase the procedural integrity of caregivers implementing feeding protocols (e.g., Mueller et al., 2003; Sieverling et al., 2012). In-vivo feedback, without the use of other BST components, has been shown to be effective in training caregivers to implement other behavioral protocols (e.g., Shanley & Niec, 2010). The purpose of the current study was to examine the effectiveness of using only in-vivo feedback to increase the correct delivery of prompts and consequences by caregivers implementing feeding protocols. We used a multiple baseline design across caregiver dyads. Interobserver agreement was conducted on at least 70% of sessions. Agreement was above 90% for each dyad. Percentage of correct prompts and consequences were low during baseline (written instructions only), increased to clinically acceptable levels following in-vivo feedback, and remained at high levels during post-training and follow-up sessions for all dyads. Implications of these findings will be discussed.

 
77. Examining The Validity Of Indirect Functional Behavior Assessment Methods: How Accurate Are They?
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER S. KAZMERSKI (East Carolina University), Ryan Ford (East Carolina University), Jessica Buzenski (East Carolina University)
Abstract: This study replicates and extends previous research on the convergence of the Functional Assessment Interview Record for Parents Checklist (FAIR-P-CL) with all phases (descriptive, interpretive, verification, implementation and monitoring) of functional behavior assessment. The FAIR-P-CL is an indirect descriptive assessment that aims to define the target behavior, identify potential environmental factors that enable the target behavior, and identify maintaining consequences. To evaluate convergence, five children between three and five, who were referred for displaying disruptive behavior frequently in the home, were selected. A multiple baseline across participants was used to expose each participant to baseline, experimental functional analysis, intervention analysis, and intervention verification. Alternating treatment designs were used to evaluate changes in participant behavior across conditions during experimental functional and intervention analysis phases. Results indicated convergence of FAIR-P-CL data across all phases of the functional behavior assessment. This extends previous research regarding convergence of the phases of a functional behavior assessment (Lewis & Sugai, 1996; Yarbrough & Carr; 2000). Further research is underway to determine if the FAIR-P-CL is sensitive enough to identify appropriate function-based interventions with the absence of a verification phase. Results from the present study extend the utility of indirect functional behavior checklists.
 
78. The Effectiveness of Parent Training Program About Acceptance Process
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
GÜLEFSAN ÖZGE AKBEY (Anadolu University), Fidan Gunes Gurgor (Anadolu University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to search the effectiveness of parent training program about acceptance process. The sample of this study consists of 30 parents of children with intellectual disabilities attending special education schools. The study has 15 parents in control group and 15 parents in experiment group in the city center of Eskisehir during the academic year 2013-2014. This study consists of two phases. In the first phase of the study, Family Resilience Scale-FRS was applied two groups and we started to apply to parent training program for experiment group.In this program,we used e-abdep(e-FISEP, being family information and support program, is a scientific research project supported by TBITAK and Anadolu University), bulletins and handbook.The program has four session.First session,orientation to defiency;second session,understanding of childrens defiency and statement;third session;family supporting models and four session; orientation of environment and living together.For control group,we only applied Resilience Scale-FRS. Finally,we started this program but we will finish the program on April.We will show results with graphics on our Poster.
 
79. PT for PT: How Precision Teaching Helped Me With Physical Therapy
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
SHOSHANA STEIN (Stein Homeschool), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract: Physical therapy is not the most desirable activity for the average teenager, however, at times, it is needed. In the present study, a 13-year-old girl with Mitochondrial disease required physical therapy to address muscle weakness and pain. The physical therapist administered the Functional Movement Screen to assess movement patterns, provided manual therapy, supervised therapeutic exercises, and assigned home exercises. The teen and her mother broke down the assigned composite exercises into component movements and conducted frequent, timed exercise sessions and charted them on standard celeration charts. By doing this, the teen grew stronger in some areas and her mother and the physical therapist were able to identify subtler component areas of weakness from looking at celerations and implement exercise modifications that were needed to increase safety. By breaking down composite exercises into component movements and collecting data frequently, we helped physical therapy treatment to be more effective and safe, and were able to better track progress towards overall strengthening.
 
80. Tackling Terms and Conditioning Confusion: Sexual Behavior and Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract: When working within sexual health and with people who engage in varying topographies of sexual behavior, the first thing to remember is that sex is behavior: its something we do and it follows the same rules as all other topographies of behavior. However, regarding communication, of particular difficulty are defining terms of sexual desire and arousal (Pfaus, et al., 2003). This study evaluates a hypothetical vignette involving a teenage boy who, upon encountering female staff at an autism center, egressed to masturbate in specific areas of the center. In defining his arousal and masturbatory behaviors, clinicians hypothesized several combinations of potential functions of the behavior, the various roles of conditioned and unconditioned stimuli, and responding between the presence of the female staff, the erection, and ejaculation. Using three- and four-term contingency presentations, there are several possible configurations of this behavior based upon looking at the sequence of the behavior as operant or respondent. The purpose of this discourse is to stimulate further investigation and discussion into the contingency models for sexual arousal and desire that can be utilized by both the behavior analysis and sexual health care communities.
 
81. The Errorless Teaching of Swallowing for a Child Vomiting Every Meal
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KENJI OKUDA (Academy of Behavioral Coaching)
Abstract: A case of psychogenic vomiting in the context of phobia was treated by a combination of exposure, the errorless teaching approach, and differential reinforcement of incompatible behaviors. Subject: A 4-year-old girl who began a difficulty of swallowing since she had some accident while eating at home was trained by a behavior therapist. Design: Change was assessed on the basis of her mother's records at home of daily frequency of vomiting and monthly weight within a single case multiple baseline across settings design. Procedures: The therapist demonstrated these procedures on hers behavior in front of her mother just one time. Result: The girls vomiting behavior was no longer occurred immediately. By contrast, a normal swallowing behavior has occurred even if tough meat. This outcome has been maintained for 5-months follow-up. And the girl's weight was recovered. These procedures, exposure, the errorless teaching approach, DRI, and some techniques of respondent conditioning were discussed.
 
82. CANCELLED: The Validity Of Indirect Functional Behavior Assessment Methods: How Accurate Are They?
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
RYAN FORD (East Carolina University), Jennifer S. Kazmerski (East Carolina University), Jessica Buzenski (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

IV. This study replicates and extends previous research on the convergence of the Functional Assessment Interview Record for Parents Checklist (FAIR-P-CL) with all phases (descriptive, interpretive, verification, implementation and monitoring) of functional behavior assessment. The FAIR-P-CL is an indirect descriptive assessment that aims to define the target behavior, identify potential environmental factors that enable the target behavior, and identify maintaining consequences. To evaluate convergence, five children between three and five, who were referred for displaying disruptive behavior frequently in the home, were selected. A multiple baseline across participants was used to expose each participant to baseline, experimental functional analysis, intervention analysis, and intervention verification. Alternating treatment designs were used to evaluate changes in participant behavior across conditions during experimental functional and intervention analysis phases. Results indicated convergence of FAIR-P-CL data across all phases of the functional behavior assessment. This extends previous research regarding convergence of the phases of a functional behavior assessment (Lewis & Sugai, 1996; Yarbrough & Carr; 2000). Further research is underway to determine if the FAIR-P-CL is sensitive enough to identify appropriate function-based interventions with the absence of a verification phase. Results from the present study extend the utility of indirect functional behavior checklists.

 
83. An Evaluation of a Brief Behavioral Workshop for Caregivers
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KARIN STERN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Sangkavasi (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Urszula Wojciechowska (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

A brief behavioral workshop is traditionally offered at the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program at Kennedy Krieger Institute. The goals of the workshop are to equip caregivers with effective strategies to recognize behavioral functions and provide specific tools to implement function-based interventions. The aim of this study was to assess change in caregivers' knowledge following participation in the workshop and their ability to apply it into everyday situations. We implemented pre- and post-tests to assess whether caregivers' responses changed following participation in a 4-hour behavioral workshop. We generated a questionnaire comprised of three scenarios, each related to a different behavioral function (attention, escape, and tangible). Majority of caregivers had higher post-test scores suggesting an increase in knowledge related to behavioral principles. Analyses of the data by behavioral function revealed that increases in post-test scores were only observed for caregivers who attended the specific meeting addressing the relevant function; increases were not observed for those caregivers who did not attend that meeting. All caregivers had some previous knowledge on the subject matter, suggesting that a Needs Assessment should be conducted. Future research should assess change in caregivers' behaviors using more direct methods, such as role-play and direct observations on caregiver-child interactions.

 
84. Evaluating the Clinical Effectiveness and Generalization Effects of Treatment for Problem Behavior Maintained by Compliance with Mands
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
LENA V. WILLSE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly Gemp (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: A primary goal of most treatments is to bring behavior under a level of stimulus control that permits individuals to interact appropriately with their peers, particularly during times when they are not able to access desired reinforcers. However, there is a lack of research evaluating generalization by having individuals with functionally equivalent problem behavior interact with each other in situations that previously evoked such behavior. For the current study, the severe problem behavior of two participants with autism spectrum disorders was targeted for assessment and treatment. Results of functional analyses indicated that both participants' problem behavior was maintained by other's compliance with mands, particularly in a leisure context. The use of a multiple schedule that alternated between differential reinforcement of other behaviors and noncontingent reinforcement was sufficient to produce a significant reduction in problem behavior for one participant; the addition of a token economy system was necessary for the second participant. After identifying effective treatments, we emphasized generalization by implementing each participant's treatment concurrently while they interacted with each other. Results show that each participant's treatment was successfully generalized across a variety of interactive activities, as evidenced by low to zero rates of problem behavior.
 
85. Rapid Acquisition of Pill Swallowing
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
WILLIAM J. WARZAK (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michelle Grimes (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: We describe a pill swallowing protocol for a 16 year-old typically developed female (Jill) whose historical baseline for pill swallowing was zero. Jill was medicated (liquid) for ADHD but her history was otherwise unremarkable. During Session 1 we identified the target behavior, ascertained that Jill’s personal protocol of filling her mouth with water and then inserting her medication was ineffective, and, determined that she could, with much effort (i.e., long latency, elevated SUDS), swallow a sprinkle, the smallest item on her hierarchy. A six-step pill size hierarchy was established using various cake decorations and candies. Each item was scaled for subjective units of discomfort (S.U.D.s) to ascertain its place in the hierarchy and ultimately ranged from cupcake sprinkles to a placebo of her ADHD medication in capsule form. For each trial, we recorded the a) latency (in seconds) from “pill in hand” to swallow, b), pre-trial SUDS, c) problem behaviors (e.g., refusal, gagging, etc.), and, d) ultimate success or failure. We report successful pill swallowing following a change in pill insertion and subsequent shaping of pill swallowing as a function of graduated pill size over trials. We include a table of her data and will provide figures at ABAI.
 
86. Treating Packing: A Comparison of Nuk Re-distribution and Nuk Presentation
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMY L PROSKOVEC (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer M. Kozisek (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Janelle Butler (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Packing (holding food in the mouth without swallowing) may occur if a child lacks the oral motor skills and/or motivation to swallow. Two interventions investigators have evaluated for the treatment of packing are altering presentation method (i.e., presenting bites with a Nuk brush or flipped spoon; Sharp, Harker, & Jaquess, 2010) or re-distribution (i.e., collecting packed food from the child's mouth and replacing it on the child's tongue; Gulotta, Piazza, Patel, & Layer, 2005). Although studies have shown that both procedures increase mouth clean, it is not clear whether one procedure is more effective than the other. The purpose of the current investigation was to compare the effects of re-distribution using a Nuk relative to presenting bites using a Nuk on packing and mouth clean for a 2-year-old girl who packed thickened liquids and pureed food. We used a reversal and multielement design to evaluate the procedures with thickened liquids and a multielement design to evaluate the procedures with pureed food. For liquids and solids, presenting the bite using the Nuk was more effective, resulting in decreased packing and clinically meaningful levels of mouth clean.
 
87. CANCELED: Inappropriate Verbalizations
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (HABA)
Abstract:

The following study focuses on an individual who displays verbal behavior that is often perceived as teasing, harassing others or simple disruption to a hospital unit. The intervention applied a technique to reinforce productive verbal behavior, while at the same time assist the patient in learning how to acquire social attention in a more acceptable manner. This patient has had behavior problems for many years and the theme is invariably about poor interactions with his peers. Based on a review of the literature a definition was developed to address a problem identified as inappropriate verbalizations. Using this definition, the patient was observed for inappropriate verbalizations, during the daily routine. This addresses the research question by directly viewing the patient in a social interaction in the very type of setting where he has had altercations in the past. During the treatment phase, the patient had the opportunity to read a joke, previously selected by the author, to an audience of fellow patients during this line-up process. An A-B-A-B design made a comparison of the patient in the baseline and treatment phases.

 
88. A Conjoint Consultation Bio-behavioral Intervention to Treat Encopresis in an Eight-year-old Male
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
MARIA ALEJANDRA RAMIREZ (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University), Seraphim Mork (Central Michigan University), Teryn Bruni (Central Michigan University), Jessica Sevecke (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

A bio-behavioral encopresis intervention was designed and implemented in the school and home for an 8-year-old second grade male who had been experiencing encopresis since kindergarten. The intervention consisted of a home only phase, and a home and school phase. The purpose of this intervention was to decrease his smearing and bowel movements in his pants from one to two per day to zero, and increase bowel movements in the toilet from zero per day to at least one per day. Components of the intervention included administration of Miralax, per doctor recommendation, at least three scheduled sittings lasting between three to five minutes, praise and access to tangibles following scheduled sittings, and positive practice following bowel movements in the pants. The results showed that after the school component was added, and Miralax was administered consistently, there was an increase in medium sized bowel movements on almost a daily basis. Treatment integrity however was a major obstacle in this intervention.

 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #383
VRB Mon Noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
89. Comparing the Efficacy of Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing and Behavioral Momentum to Increase Vocal Behavior
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
VINCENT E. CAMPBELL (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Patricia Zemantic (University of Oregon), Shaji Haq (University of Oregon), Brittany LeBlanc (University Of Oregon), Marilynn Porritt (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Some children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) infrequently emit vocal behavior. Stimulus-stimulus pairing and behavioral momentum are effective interventions for increasing low-probability behavior. The present investigation compared the effects of both interventions on increased levels of target vocalizations. The efficacy of both interventions were compared using an adapted alternating treatments design, embedded in a multiple probe across stimulus sets design with one participant with an ASD. The dependent variables included the rate of target vocalizations (stimulus-stimulus pairing) and the percentage of trials with echoic behavior (behavioral momentum). Mean interobserver agreement exceeded 95% for all dependent variables. In the first intervention comparison, the results indicated that stimulus-stimulus pairing increased the rate of the targeted sound. Behavioral momentum did not result in increased levels of the target sound. In the second intervention comparison, the results indicated that stimulus-stimulus pairing increased the rate of the target sound and behavioral momentum resulted in increased levels of the target sound. Our results indicate that stimulus-stimulus pairing produced more consistent increases vocalizations across stimulus sets. Additional research should evaluate whether increased vocalizations associated with the use of either of these procedures can be subsequently trained as mands.
 
90. Functional Analysis of Verbal Behavior for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Partial Replication and Treatment Investigation
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
AILA K. DOMMESTRUP (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Campbell (University of Kentucky), Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia), Ashley H. Dubin (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Functional and social communication impairments are common symptoms of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Improving assessment of the functional use of language within this population of children is ongoing and the clinical utility of linking intervention to specific assessment results is growing. The purpose of the experiments included in the current study was to investigate these lines of research for children with ASD. The first experiment sought to replicate and extend use of a functional analysis methodology of verbal behavior (Lerman et al., 2005). Results suggested that this methodology is applicable to implement with children with ASD, and can be successfully completed in a non-clinic setting (e.g., the participant’s home). In the second experiment, the link between assessment results and subsequent intervention was investigated. The sensitivity of the functional analysis of verbal behavior methodology was assessed by conducting a post-intervention assessment in Experiment 3. Findings provided limited evidence supporting the use of assessment results to select more efficient intervention strategies. Post-intervention functional analysis results were also inconsistent but provided helpful information for future directions of this line of research. The limitations and implications of these experiments are also discussed.
 
91. CANCELED: The Effects of a Rolling Time Delay Procedure on the Frequency of MO Controlled Mands: A Replication
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
KRYSTL GIORDANO-PADILLA (BEACON Services of Connecticut), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Research has identified the rolling time delay (RTD) procedure as an effective strategy for transferring control of manding from environmental variables (multiply controlled mands) to mands under the exclusive control of movitational variables (Sweeney-Kerwin et al., 2007). However, the methodology employed by Sweeney-Kerwin et al., 2007, left room for questioning the source of control over the mand. The purpose of this study was to determine whether the use of the RTD procedure resulted in the acquisition of MO controlled mands or mands under the control of other environmental variables (specifically history of reinforcement in the instructional setting). An ABABC design was used and the data on the frequency of MO controlled mands for various items was collected. Once the manding was acquired, mands were assessed under novel stimulus conditions (different instructor, setting and activities) as was done in baseline to determine if manding was under the control of other stimuli or exclusively motivational variables. A return to the stimulus conditions in the RTD was conducted to compare rates with the baseline condition. Results demonstrated that the mands taught using the rolling time delay procedure were not MO controlled but multiply controlled mands.

 
92. The Effects of Stimulus Control Transfer and Prompting on the Emergence of Pure Mands
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSAY MEHRKAM (University of Florida), Michele R. Traub (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Skinner (1957) suggested that mands and tacts are functionally independent verbal operants, in which acquiring one does not automatically result in acquisition of the other. Although several researchers have shown that mands and tacts are functionally independent (e.g., Lamarre & Holland, 1985), more recent research has demonstrated that mands may emerge following tact training. The extent to which stimulus control – both in terms of the presence of reinforcers in the direct environment as well as prompts delivered by a therapist – influence the emergence of mands without prior tact training has not been systematically examined. In the present study, we evaluated the effects of stimulus control transfer (leisure items present and absent) and prompting levels on the emergence of pure and impure mands in an adolescent girl with autism. An A-B-A design was used to first evaluate the relative levels of independent manding in the presence and absence of leisure items. Prompt fading was used once maintenance of independent manding was observed. Further research will examine the generalization of novel mands to other settings and stimuli.
 
93. Assessing and Establishing an Abstract Relation Between Tacts and Mands in Early Learners With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
GENAE HALL (Behavior Analysis Center for Autism, Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services), Jennifer Elia (Columbia University Teacher's College), Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
Abstract:

Two early learners with autism were first trained to complete three enjoyable chains of behavior involving three necessary items each. Both participants were taught to make bubbles using a battery-operated bubble machine and assemble and use a ball-rolling toy. Participant A also learned to operate a CD player with headphones and Participant B learned to make a milkshake with a child-sized blender. After the chains were acquired, participants were trained to tact the three items targeted in each chain (nine total). After meeting criterion on all tacts, Participant A was probed on mands for the same items and they did not emerge. Tacts were again probed and since some were weak or the response forms were somewhat unconventional, all tacts were re-trained. Mands for all items were again probed and they did not emerge. One mand for an item in chain #1 (bubbles) was then trained, and the others did not emerge. A second mand in chain #2 (ball run) was then trained, and the others did not emerge. Currently, a third mand in chain #3 (operating CD player) is being trained. This process will continue until untrained mands begin to emerge or all mands are trained directly. Participant B has received training on the nine targeted tacts and has not yet met criterion, apparently due to inconsistent attendance and interfering behaviors. The number of tact targets for this participant has therefore been reduced to three (one for each chain). When she meets criterion, mands for the same items will be probed, then trained (if necessary), as with Participant A. This process will then be repeated with the second and third sets of three.

 
94. High and Low Preference Items Strengthens the Emergence of Mand for Children With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
NASSIM CHAMEL ELIAS (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos  ), Valeria Mendes (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos  ), Giovana Escobal (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Children with autism greatly benefit from the early learning of mands and other verbal relations. Studies have investigated variables that may contribute to a more effective learning of these skills. One of these variables is the strength of non-verbal stimulus being tacted measured by preference assessment procedures. This study investigated the emergence of mand relations after teaching tacts for high (HP) and low (LP) preference items. Three 5- to- 10-year old children with autism and intellectual disabilities participated, with limited vocal tacts and mands. The procedure consisted of: (1) two paired choice preference assessment to identify a HP and a LP items, (2) teaching the mand task with non-experimental stimuli, (3) mand pre-tests with experimental stimuli, (4) teaching tact with echoic prompt, and (5) mand post-test with experimental stimuli. The results indicated the participants had no prior mand relations for the HP and LP items and, after learning to tact these items, manding emerged for HP and LP items, with a higher frequency for the HP items. The results strengthen previous findings which showed the potentials for the preference assessment procedures and showed that the identification and use of HP stimuli enhances tact acquisition and the emergence of mand relations.
 
95. Replication of Shillingsburg's et al. (2009) Evaulation and Training of Yes - No Responding Across Verbal Operants
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SEBASTIAN GARCIA ZAMBRANO (Horizontes ABA), Omar David Chaves Hernandez (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral), Laura Carolina Suarez Ordonez (Horizontes ABA Terapia Integral)
Abstract: The main objective of this poster was to replicate Shillingsburg, Kelley, Roane, Kisamore and Brown (2009) study of the effect of the training program of yes and no responses across contexts in a child with autism.. A pre-post design was implemented. Initially a pre-assessment with the Basic Language and Learning Skills Revised (ABLLS-R) was conducted to ensure that the verbal operants were present in the childs verbal repertoire. During the pretest phase, we evaluated the yes and no responses under mand, tact, and intraverbal conditions. The intervention was designed based in the Shillingsburg, et al. (2009) study in which the correct response was modeled by the experimenter followed by participants independent response. The criterion for training was 80% in all conditions. For the generalization of the responses, the participant was exposed to the generalization test with a new set of stimuli. Finally a posttest was presented to evaluate the acquisition of discrimination of yes and no responses within verbal operants. The results replicated the results of Shillingsburgs, et al. (2009) study. In the conclusion we discuss the findings of the study and the benefits on multiple exemplar training for the discrimination of yes and no responses with verbal operants.
 
96. The Motivating Operation and the Development of Expressive Language Repertoires in Children With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ODERAY ALONSO SANCHO-DAVILA (ABA)
Abstract:

The common behavioural approach to teaching language skills to children with autism is mostly based on a "receptive-before-expressive" instructional model, whereby receptive language is considered to be highly influential in the development of expressive verbal behaviour and as such an - all important pre-requisite when teaching expressive protocols. Based on Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behaviour, and specifically on the functional relation between the Motivating Operation (MO) and the mand it can be argued that children with autism are able to acquire a specific form of expressive language (i.e., mands) without prior receptive training (e.g., Michael, 1988; Bondy, 2001; Sundberg & Michael, 2001). The present study used an alternating treatment design to assess the above statement and determine if the manipulation of the MO was sufficient for 2 pupils with autism to learn to request using colour attributes, that were not yet part of their receptive repertoires. Results suggested receptive language training should not necessarily be considered a mandatory requirement for children with autism to acquire manding repertoires and highlights the importance of a behavioural analysis of the MO in language training. This study is currently being replicated using additional target attributes and an additional manding response form to address for any methodological issues.

 
97. Selection-Based Instruction and the Emergence of Topography-Based Responses to Interview Questions: A Dismantling Strategy
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN O'NEILL (Southern Illinois University), Andrew Blowers (Southern Illinois University Rehabilitation Institute), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The interview process is an important aspect of vocational training and a well executed interview can be very useful when seeking employment. Three individuals with learning disabilities were exposed to a selection-based instructional protocol with a topography-based component intended to teach participants to identify accurate responses to interview questions. A dismantling strategy was employed in order to identify the necessary and sufficient components of the protocol. Participants were exposed to a selection-based protocol, selection-based protocol with audio feedback, and selection-based protocol with audio feedback and a topography-based component, respectively. Prior research suggests that responses are acquired with minimal exposure to the protocol including selection-based responding, audio feedback, and a topography-based component. At posttest, all participants engaged in higher levels of accurate topography-based responses to mock interview questions. Findings suggest that responses may not be readily acquired in the absence of a topography-based component. Results are discussed in terms of the multiple control of verbal behavior and of the distinction between selection-based and topography-based responding. The potential of automated instructional protocols to be included as an aspect of vocational training for young adults with learning disabilities is considered.
 
98. Establishment of Naming Trough Multiple Exemplar Instruction in Children With Autism
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  ), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Hanne Nordvik Ona (Haukeland University Hospital)
Abstract: Naming is a higher order verbal operant (Catania, 2007) and is considered a developmental behavioral cusp or verbal capability (Greer & Longano, 2010; Rosales-Ruiz & Baer, 1997). When a higher order operant is established, new behaviors emerge that previously have not been reinforced (or trained directly). Naming has been defined as "a verbal phenomenon wherein a child can emit both listener and speaker responses following occasions in which a child hears a novel tact spoken by another as the child attends to the stimulus that is tacted." (Greer et al., 2007. p. 1) Other researchers (Horne & Lowe, 1996) Have also defined Naming in a similar manner and have shown how Naming is involved in emergent categorizations. This study is a systematic replication of Greer, Stolfi, Chavez-Brown and Rivera-Valdes (2005), and was conducted in Norwegian kindergartens. The experimental design is a non-concurrent multiple baseline design, and the results showed improvement in pure- and impure tacting skills, and listener responding due to multiple exemplar instruction.
 
99. The Effectiveness of Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) to Induce Naming in the Applied Setting
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates), KATIE ARTIANO (Verbal Behavior Associates), Gretchen Grundon (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract: Contemporary literature suggests that to be truly verbal, the speaker must simultaneously behave as a listener (Greer & Speckman 2009, Barnes-Holmes, Barnes-Holmes & Cullinan 2001, Greer & Ross 2008, Horne and Lowe, 1996). Because these two functions of language are initially independent of one another, language development involves the process of joining these two capabilities (Greer, 2009). Multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) has been used as an independent variable to teach Naming-a verbal developmental learning capability that allows a child to simultaneously acquire speaker and listener vocabularies incidentally (Greer & Speckman, 2009). For this poster, we analyzed MEI sample data collected by interventionists delivering ABA services in the home and school based setting. The purpose of this review was to determine the effectiveness of MEI in the applied setting to induce naming in learners with Autism. Of the seven students sampled, six of them acquired the listening component (point to response) of naming, while four of them acquired the speaker responses (pure tact and impure tact).
 
100. Effects of Echoic Instruction on Emergence of Listener and Speaker Naming
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SUKHEE KIM (Kongju National University), Hyejin Shin (Kongju National University), Keynghee Kim (Kongju National University), Keyngsuk Sang (Kongju National University), Nanyoung Kim (Kongju National University), Sunhee Park (Kongju National University), Hye-Suk Lee Park (Kongju National University), Youngmo Yang (Kongju National University)
Abstract: The present study tested if teaching to echo names of stimuli during instruction on matching as listener responses to the stimuli would induce untaught pointing as listener Naming and untaught tacts and intraverbal as speaker Naming. A multiple probe design was utilized . A 5-year old male and a 7-year old male with developmental disabilities participated in Experiment I and in Experiment II respectively. Five picture sets of four unknown items in Experiment I and five picture sets of five unknown items in Experiment II were used. Participant A didn't show a clear emergence of speaker Naming after he received 10-trial echoic matching instruction in which he was required to echo twice when he emitted listener responses. Participant B was required to reach to a criterion (90% accuracy for two consecutive sessions) during echoic matching instruction. IOA were obtained 25% of sessions with Participant A and Participant B. The mean of IOA was 86.3% with Participant A and 97% with Participant B. Participant B demonstrated a clear emergence of listener and speaker Naming after he received intervention. Participant B demonstrated a clear generalization of Naming with novel sets of unknown items. Key words: listener Naming, speaker Naming, echoic, matching.
 
101. Using Multiple Exemplar Instruction in a Lecture-based Format and the Emergence of Untaught Verbal Operant
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), Jinhyeok Choi (The Faison School for Autism), JOHN TOLSON (Faison School for Autism), Josh Raughley (The Faison School for Autism)
Abstract: We tested the effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction across selection (listener) and production (speaker) responses, presented in a lecture-based format, and subsequent increases in the complexity of untaught verbal operants for four middle school students diagnosed with autism and language delays. The lecture content was based on the Virginia State Standard Curriculum subject areas. The dependent variable was the number of novel written responses to probe trials. During the pre and post-probe sessions, the participants watched an instructional video and were required to answer questions related to the topics presented. The results showed that Multiple Exemplar Instruction, across the topographies measured, was functionally related to the emergence of complex novel verbal operants.
 
102. The Training and Assessment of Relational Precursors and Abilities (TARPA): A Correlation With the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test (PPVT-III)
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
YORS A. GARCIA (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Sebastian Garcia Zambrano (Horizontes ABA), Liliana Cristiano (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz)
Abstract: The aim of this study was to establish a correlation between the Training and Assessment of Relational Precursors and Abilities (TARPA) which is a protocol for the measurement of relational skills underlying language in typically developing children and the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test -Third Edition (PPVT-III). In the first stage, receptive language evaluation was performed using the PPVT-III to six typically developing children with ages between 4 and 6 years old. In the second stage, the TARPA assessment procedures were administered to children in several sessions due to students attention and motivation. For each assessment session, the child and the teacher sat down in front of the computer in which the TARPA was presented. In the third stage, the training sessions simple and conditional discriminations with visual stimuli were implemented, where generalized reinforcement on a continuous schedule and social reinforcement provided by the teacher were included. A preliminary result supports the results of Kishita, Ohtsuki & Stewart (2013) with regard to TARPA as a valid protocol for measuring and training derived relational responding.
 
103. An Examination of the Effects of Verbal Stimuli, as Identified by the IRAP, on the Rate of Revolutions Pedaled on a Stationary Bicycle
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
JOVONNIE E-LEAL (Fresno State), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to examine the use of pictorial stimuli and the effect they have on exercise behavior in an analogue setting. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure was used to assess preferred outcomes of exercise for each participant. Current research in Relational Frame Theory suggests that stimuli related to these outcomes should function as motivational augmentals, a type of rule-governed behavior that can temporarily alter the value of a reinforcer and increase behavior related to it. Participants were undergraduate students at California State University, Fresno. Photos of preferred outcomes of exercise were presented on a screen positioned directly in front of a stationary bicycle and the rate of revolutions was recorded. An imagery condition was also examined; it prompted participants to imagine preferred consequences to examine whether imagining consequences in the absence of photos had similar effects. An alternating treatments design was used in the study. Results suggest revolutions pedaled did not increase significantly across participants in the presence of the pictorial stimuli. There was a slight increase in revolutions pedaled within imagery conditions but the increase was not significant. The study raised a number of issues and suggests future directions for the use of pictorial stimuli as motivational augmentals in exercise settings.
 
104. Contextual Control of Roulette Through the Use of Natural Contingencies
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
RACHEL ENOCH (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The present experiment investigated the impact of contextually trained discrimination on gambling behavior using the game of roulette. Four recreational novel roulette players were exposed to the roulette game and bet on either red or black. The participants contacted the natural contingencies for win and loss depending on where the wheel naturally landed. Results of the study indicate that after being exposed to the relational responding task, participants allocated the majority of their betting to red, which was paired with positive stimuli opposed to black, which was paired with negative stimuli.
 
105. The Effects of Category Tact Training on the Emergence of Analogical Reasoning
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
CAREEN SUZANNE MEYER (California State University, Sacramento), Charisse Ann Lantaya (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Danielle LaFrance (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Previous research suggests that analogical responding, as measured by the formation of equivalence-equivalence classes, can be produced in the laboratory via tact training of stimulus compounds, as long as participants can also differentially respond to separate components. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of tact training of individual components of stimulus compounds on the emergence of analogical reasoning. Three undergraduate students were presented with individual images belonging to one of two three-member classes, and trained to tact components with membership in class one (e.g., A1) as "vek" and class two (eg., A2) as "zog." Participants were then presented with tact and matching-to-sample analogy tests for emergent baseline (AB and BC), symmetry (BA and CB), and transitivity (AC and CA) relations with compounds comprised of both class-consistent and class-inconsistent components. In addition, participants completed a component relations test to assess equivalence class formation among individual components of these compounds. All participants passed without remedial training. Results suggest that speaker training, specifically category tact training was sufficient for establishing discriminative control over components in a compound, two distinct equivalence classes, and analogical responding (equivalence-equivalence).
 
106. Teaching Children with Autism to Derive Rules
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA NISSEN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The present study taught children with autism to derive rules of antecedent and behavior specifying contingencies in the form of if/then rules. Using multiple exemplar instruction (MEI), the current study trained multiple sets of rules and assessed emergent responding of rule derivation to untrained sets of rules. Participants were placed in dyads, to assess the validity of those derived rules, investigating if a peer with autism would follow the rule derived by the fellow peer with autism. The flexibility of the rule was also assessed using an intraverbal rule reversal. For both participants, MEI was effective and highly efficient in teaching rule-derivation and emergent responding was observed to untrained sets of rules. In the dyad, one participant did derive rules independently, while the other did not show rule derivation. One participant showed strict rule rigidity, while the other showed flexibility in the order of the rule. Avenues for future research are discussed.
 
107. Further Analysis of Rule Construction and Rule Following Repertoires
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
JONAS FERNANDES GAMBA (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Ana K. Arantes Leme (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos  )
Abstract: Distinct theories have discussed how rules can be a high complex and important class. In a verbal episode, rules can benefit the speaker, e.g., when the speaker uses the rules to control the environment at his/her own favor. The listener, in his/her turn, can benefit from rules when it allows him/her to act faster than when the said behavior is mainly modeled from direct contact with the contingencies. Our goal in this study is to present a conceptual analysis about rule construction and following repertoires acquisition based on behavioral terms. After that, we intend to discuss how this repertoire is established as a high order operant behavior. For this, we are considering jointly the definitions of tact, mand, listener behavior, and motivational operation as a starting point in order to provide functional analysis of rule acquisition and rule following behavior. Furthermore, we canvass the experimental verbal behavior protocols to find whether it can be used to investigate rule acquisition and to which extent they are consistent with Skinners Verbal Behavior interpretation. Finally, we discuss how this analysis integrates with other behavioral theories of language such as the Naming Theory and the Relational Frame Theory.
 
108. Verbal Behavior Developmental Theory: The General Outlines of the Theory
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
DJENANE BRASIL DA CONCEIÇÃO (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos - UFSCar), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College), Jennifer Lee (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: Verbal Behavior Developmental Theory (Greer, 2009) offers an account of how verbal behavior evolves within the individual’s lifespan as a result of experiences in the environment, including how untaught verbal behavior emerges. The theory was recently developed from the applied research with typically and atypically developing children, and points out milestones, cusps and capabilities which are the critical components of verbal behavior. The verbal developmental path begins with a preverbal child, moves toward the emergence of independent listener and speaker functions, and reaches the joining of the listener and speaker functions, related to more complex verbal behavior. Going further than just describing the milestones, the theory shows how to induce missing cusps and capabilities through research-based protocols, thereby advancing the child’s verbal development, one of its most important achievements. This work aims to present the general outline of the theory, including the Naming capability, and its related protocols, a powerful model that has proven to be efficient in inducing improvements in the verbal behavior of children with and without disabilities.
 
109. Computer-Based Instruction of Contextually Controlled Stimulus Equivalence Classes and Topography-Based Responding in University Students
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SADIE L. LOVETT (Central Washington University)
Abstract: The use of a computer-based stimulus equivalence protocol in the instruction of advanced learners was examined. Additionally, the emergence of topography-based responding following a selection-based training procedure was evaluated. Participants were trained on relations between the names, pictures, and chemical compositions of three different minerals. Tests for equivalence and tests to evaluate the emergence of topography-based tact responses to each stimulus were then administered. Participants were then trained and tested on relations for three additional minerals. Training on relations between members of the separate sets of mineral classes was then conducted using contextual cues identifying that the minerals were similar in regards to belonging to the same mineral class or having the same hardness rating. Participants were then tested to evaluate contextual control of the merger of the equivalence classes. Results show that equivalence relations emerged between the stimuli with contextual control shown for one of the two contextual cues, and selection-based training is sufficient to produce proficiency in a topography-based response format.
 
110. Using SAFMEDS to Promote Fluency with Skinner’s Verbal Behavior Terms in Undergraduate Students in Saudi Arabia
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE P. KELLY (Dar Al-Hekma College)
Abstract: This research study was a replication and extension of “A Case Study Using SAFMEDS to Promote Fluency with Skinner’s Verbal Behavior Terms” by Fawna Stockwell and John Eshleman (2010), published in the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration. Using a deck of 60 Say All Fast a Minute Every Day Shuffled (SAFMEDS) cards, the aim was for each student to establish a fluent verbal repertoire related to the key terms of Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior. Each of the six students in the undergraduate course Analysis of Verbal Behavior participated. Five participants speak and write English fluently as second-language learners and one participant is bi-lingual with fluent English and Arabic repertoires. By utilizing see definition/ say term SAFMEDS to reach a fluent performance in terminology from the course (at least 40 correct responses with 2 errors or less in one minute), specific products of fluency were achieved. These outcomes included the retention of information, stable responding in distracting settings, application of material to novel situations, and the ability to meet performance standards (Stockwell & Eshleman, 2010). Standard Celeration Charts and video footage will be utilized to demonstrate performance gains.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #384
DDA Mon Noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
111. Evaluating Instructor Preference in Children With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
FORREST TOEGEL (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Lauren Speckin (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Elizabeth Sansing (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Leah Verkuylen (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Matthew Thompson (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Kylie Gutknecht (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: Many children with developmental disabilities lack the ability to communicate with therapists; therefore it is difficult for therapists to evaluate the components of teaching procedures the children may prefer. The current study utilized a forced choice paired stimulus procedure to determine whether children diagnosed with developmental disabilities demonstrate a preference for instructions delivered by a parent or those delivered by a program therapist and the relative effectiveness of preferred and non-preferred instructors. Experimental sessions consisted of instructor choice trials followed by blocks of maintenance tasks. Instructor choice trials consisted of a combination of forced- and free-choice trials in which researchers instructed participants to select a picture of either a parent or a therapist. Following the instructor choice trials, the selected instructor delivered a block maintenance tasks to the participant. Instructor preference was evaluated through instructor choice during free-choice trials. Instructor effectiveness was evaluated through the percentage of maintenance trials correct throughout the experimental session. Results suggest that the current procedure is a successful indicator of preference for and effectiveness of instructors.
 
112. Effects of Baseline Sample Size on Proportion of Baseline and Interpretation of Behavioral Persistence
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN E. RYAN (The University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Alyssa N. Suess (The University of Iowa), Anna Ing (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory provides a framework to study persistence of behavior when challenged by extinction. A behavior's persistence is evaluated by dividing response rate during a challenge condition by mean response rate during a baseline condition. This calculation is called proportion of baseline. The current study addressed applied issues that may affect interpretation of proportion of baseline. The participant, a 2-year old boy with developmental delays, engaged in problem behavior maintained by positive reinforcement. Functional communication training (FCT) for tangibles was implemented across two mand modalities (i.e., manual sign for please; vocal "please") within a multiple schedules design. Visual cues signaled which modality would be reinforced during each session. After establishing similar reinforcement histories, both mand modalities were placed on extinction. Proportion of baseline was calculated using all FCT sessions for both modalities, all FCT sessions for both modalities including errors in manding, and the final three FCT sessions for both modalities. A manding error was defined as a manual sign occurring during a vocal extinction session and vice versa. Interpretations of the persistence of manding varied depending on how proportion of baseline was calculated. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 30% of each condition and averaged above 90%.
 
113. Impact of Psychotropic Medication Changes on Functional Assessment Outcomes
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Annette Haas (Drake University), Madison Cirks (Drake University), Raizel Small (Drake University), Madalyn Troske (Drake University), Meara Henninger-McMahon (Drake University), Danielle Mroz (Drake University), Elizabeth Schieber (Drake University), MARIA G. VALDOVINOS (Drake University)
Abstract: Introduction: Pharmacological interventions are common for treating problem behaviors in individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID) (Matson, Sipes, Fodstad, & Fitzgerald, 2011). The purpose of this study was to determine if changes in problems behavior were predicted by changes in psychotropic medication. Methods: The participants were Caucasian males, Randy (28yr; diagnosed with severe ID, Autism, Bipolar Disorder; discontinued thioridazine, escitalopram, started lurasidone hcl) and Bart (35yr; diagnosed with severe ID and Autism; decrease in seroquel), and Caucasian females, Lola (53yr; diagnosed with moderate ID; increase in valproic acid) and Stella (32yr; diagnosed with moderate ID and Autism; changes in olanzapine and risperidone dosage). Experimental functional analyses (FA) were conducted at the beginning of the study and at least 2 weeks after any medication changes were made. Additionally, weekly one-hour observations were conducted in the home (videotaped and scored later using Noldus Observer XT). The FA conditions included standard conditions (i.e., control, tangible, demand, ignore, attention) (Iwata et al., 1994) and additional probes to assess possible side effects (i.e., thirst, edible, fine motor, headache). Lag sequential analyses were conducted with direct observation data to identify the probability with which any given antecedent predicted problem behavior. Results: Attached are Stella’s data. In general, changes in FA results and lag sequential outcomes were observed after medication changes; however, changes were not always uniform across behaviors or antecedent conditions. Discussion: Behaviors assessed for all participants presented with different patterns across antecedent conditions and assessment types. Nonetheless, these antecedent conditions changed when medication alterations were made. Further analyses of all participant data will be conducted in order to confirm patterns across participants. References: * Matson, J.L., Sipes, M., Fodstad, J.C., & Fitzgerald M.E. (2011). Issues in the management of challenging behaviours of adults with Autism Spectrum disorder. CNS Drugs, 25(7), 597-606. *Iwata, B.A., et al. (1994). The functions of self-injurious behavior: An experimental – epidemiological analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27(2), 215-240. * This research was supported by NICHD: 1R15HD072497-01
 
114. The Effects of Different Adults as Feeders During Functional Analyses of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY G. BLINN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Courtney Mauzy (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Diane Berth (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Numerous studies have validated the use of pretreatment functional analyses as the basis for the development of highly effective interventions for a variety of problem behaviors. Several studies have reported instances in which experimenter-conducted functional analyses yielded rates of problem behavior too low to be interpretable and subsequently demonstrated that inclusion of caregivers as therapists in the sessions resulted in increases in problem behavior (e.g., Huete & Kurtz, 2010; Ringdahl & Sellers, 2000; Tiger et al., 2009). We trained caregivers to conduct functional analyses after low or no responding was observed during experimenter-conducted functional analyses of the inappropriate mealtime behavior of 2 children diagnosed with feeding disorders. In a pair-wise design, we used procedures similar to those described by Piazza, Fisher, et al. (2003). Interobserver agreement was above 80% for at least 33% of sessions for both children. Treatment integrity during parent conducted sessions was above ----% for both children. Inappropriate mealtime behavior increased during caregiver-conducted functional analyses resulting in successful identification of function. Results will be discussed in terms of potential operant mechanisms responsible for the differential outcomes and implications for research and clinical practice for the evaluation of pediatric food refusal.

 
115. Reducing Rapid Eating Using a Pager Prompt: A Replication of Anglesea, Hoch, and Taylor
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TRACI LANNER (Springbrook), Brandon Scott Nichols (Springbrook), Michele Myers (Springbrook), Hannah Jacobsen (Springbrook), David McAdam (University of Rochester)
Abstract:

Rapid eating is a common feeding problem displayed by persons with developmental disabilities. Rapid eating is concerning because it can result in health problems (e.g., aspiration) and can be socially stigmatizing. Anglesea, Hoch, and Taylor (2008) demonstrated that a pager prompt (i.e. a pager set to vibrate according to predetermined time interval) combined with response blocking successfully reduced the rapid eating of three teenage boys with an Autism Spectrum Disorder. The current study is a systematic replication of Anglesea et al. (2008) conducted with a 14 year old boy with an intellectual disability and autism. An ABAB reversal design will be used to evaluate the efficacy of the intervention package and both interobserver agreement and treatment integrity data will be presented (Note: we are currently in the process of completing the ABAB reversal design. The data collected to date are attached). The degree to which the findings of Anglesea et al. (2008) are replicated and suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 
116. Assessing the Effects of Antecedent Management Techniques on Masturbatory Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
John Demanche (Melmark New England), ERICA DEMARTINO (Melmark New England), Freddie Scibelli (Melmark New England), Jill Marie Harper (Melmark New Englnad)
Abstract: The purpose of this evaluation was to assess the effects of an antecedent intervention in the form of scheduled intervals of exercise and wrist weights on the masturbatory behavior of a young man diagnosis with Childhood Disintegrative Disorder. All sessions throughout the assessment and treatment were conducted in the context of ongoing daily activities within a classroom setting. Prior to the start of the evaluation, sensory extinction was in place in the form of a sporting cup worn throughout the school day. However, upon removing the cup the behavior re-emerged at high levels across the day. The initial assessment demonstrated that the masturbatory behavior was not sensitive to social consequences. The treatment package resulted in an immediate decrease in masturbatory behavior to near zero levels. A component analysis showed that although wrist weights alone produced significant decreases in behavior, all components (exercise and weights) resulted in the greatest reduction of behavior. Therefore, the treatment package was reintroduced with a plan to systematically fade the wrist weights across sessions. Reliability data was collected during 51% of assessment sessions and 27% of treatment sessions and mean agreement scores across sessions were 94.5% and 96.4%, respectively.
 
117. Descriptive Assessment of Token and Food Reinforcement During Discrete Trial Instruction
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JANICE CORONEL (Florida International University), Yanerys Leon (Florida International University), Claudia Campos (Florida International University), Beatriz Urcuyo (Florida International University)
Abstract: A token economy involves the delivery of a previously neutral stimulus that has been paired with, and can be exchanged for a variety of backup reinforcers (e.g., food or tangibles). Previous researchers have suggested that token economies present several advantages to direct food or tangible reinforcement (e.g., ease of delivery, maximizing work time). Although these advantages have been suggested, there are currently no data that have compared these outcomes using token economies and direct food and/or tangible reinforcement in discrete trial training (DTT). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to conduct a descriptive assessment evaluating the consistency with which early intervention therapists deliver tokens, food, or tangibles during DTT. We measured latency to the delivery of the reinforcer, number of responses completed, time in reinforcement, and time in work during DTT. Results indicate that a) latency to token delivery was shorter than direct food and direct tangible delivery and b) the number of responses completed and time spent working was higher when food was the programmed reinforcer compared to tangible items regardless of whether or not tokens were used as immediate reinforcers and exchanged for these items or if the items were delivered directly following a response.
 
118. Use of a Change-Over Delay During Differential Reinforcement of Appropriate Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Jolene R. Sy (Saint Louis University), OLIVIA GRATZ (Saint Louis University), Kathleen Mack (Saint Louis University), Sarah Koerkenmeier (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Although the efficacy of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA; Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001) has been repeatedly demonstrated with individuals with intellectual disabilities, is unknown whether it is possible to suppress problem behavior and increase appropriate behavior if appropriate behavior occurs close in time to problem behavior. In these cases, it may be necessary to program a change-over delay (COD; i.e., an interval of time following problem behavior in which appropriate responses could not produce reinforcement). Although a COD has been included in some studies (e.g., Hagopian, Fisher, Sullivan, Acquisto, & LeBlanc, 1998), it's effects have never been systematically evaluated. The purpose of this study is to systematically compare DRA with and without a COD. Two children diagnosed with intellectual disabilities participated in the study. The results of the study indicate that both versions of DRA decrease the rate of problem behavior and increase the rate of independent appropriate behaviors.
 
119. The Effects of Delayed Punishment on the Choices of Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
JOLENE R. SY (Saint Louis University), Olivia Gratz (Saint Louis University), Kathleen Mack (Saint Louis University), Sarah Koerkenmeier (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Woolverton, Freeman, Myerson, and Green (2011) found monkeys were more likely to select reinforcers that were not followed by punishment. However, this became less likely as the punisher was delayed. Less is known about the effects of delayed punishment on human choice. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of delayed punishment on the choices of three individuals with autism. Subjects chose between a small magnitude reinforcer or a large magnitude reinforcer followed by a 0-, 5-, 10-, 20-, 30-, or 60-s delayed punisher. Punishment was unsignaled, briefly signaled, or signaled for the entire delay. For one subject, the reinforcing efficacy of large magnitude reinforcement competed with the punishing efficacy of a “no” statement. For two subjects, punishment was most effective when the signal lasted the duration of the delay. However, there was some variability in results and the effectiveness of the punisher appeared to decrease over time.
 
120. Effects of PECS on the Acquisition of Mands for Adults with ID and Severe Communication Deficits.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARY VON WITZLEBEN (Benchmark)
Abstract: Communication skills are necessary to meet basic needs; to express wants and desires; and to exercise self-determination and independence. When an individual does not speak functionally, alternative and augmentative communication (AAC) devices may be employed to provide a functional communication system. The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is an AAC system that is based on the principles of ABA and was originally used with young children diagnosed with Autism. Recently studies have examined the use of PECS with adults with developmental disabilities. Overall, these studies have found PECS to be effective in increasing the requesting skills in this population. This study examined the effects of implementing PECS with 6 adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities that did not have functional communication skills. A multiple baseline design across participants was implemented to evaluate the effects of PECS on requesting skills and reduction in problem behaviors. Results demonstrated a significant increase in mands and a decrease in undesirable behaviors.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #385
AUT Mon Noon
Monday, May 26, 2014
12:00 PM–2:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
121. Teaching An Adolescent with Autism to Complete Short Response Chains Using Observational Learning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHEIBA KOSHY (Alpine Learning Group), Jason Stambaugh (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: A common rationale for inclusive education is the opportunity for observational learning. However, individuals with autism show deficits in skills that may be associated with observational learning such as imitation and sustained attention. Taylor, DeQuinzio, and Stine (2012) demonstrated that as a result of learning to monitor (i.e., attend to and imitate) the reading responses of their peers, children with autism could acquire unknown sight words. In current study, we extended this research by examining the effects of learning to monitor the responses of a peer on the acquisition of three short response chains by a non-verbal adolescent male with autism. A multiple baseline design across three responses was used to evaluate the effects of monitoring training. During baseline test sessions, the participant was instructed to either sort silverware, wash a table, or refill a napkin dispenser. Following baseline, we simply exposed the participant to a peer model engaged in the sorting silverware task and measured acquisition 10 minutes after exposure in the absence of the peer. The participant could not demonstrate any steps in the response chain. We then started monitoring training for the sorting silverware response category, which consisted of delivering verbal, gestural prompts, and reinforcement to the participant approximately every 4 seconds for watching the peer. Correct responding during the test sessions quickly increased to 100%. We staggered the implementation of monitoring training across the two remaining tasks (washing a table and refilling a napkin dispenser. Responding did not increase for the washes table task, so we made a modification in which we required the peer to pause after before and after engaging in each of the component responses of the response chain. Responding increased to 100% for both tasks. Results imply that simply exposing the participant with autism to a peer did not result in behavior change, rather acquisition of the response chains required that the participant learn to monitor the responses of the peer, and that the responses modeled were conducted slowly.
 
122. Acquisition and Generalization of Spontaneous Wearing Skills for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAORI MAEDA (Keio University), Jun-ichi Yamamoto (Keio University)
Abstract: It is difficult for the children with ASD to learn wearing skills in naturalistic environment because of their difficulties in fine motor skills. Usually, their parents have hard time to have them acquire the independent ADL skills because they dont know how children with ASD learn to wear by themselves and it may increase child-care stress. In this study, we examined whether four children with ASD could acquire and generalize spontaneous wearing skills by total-task-presentation procedure. The multiple baseline design across participants was used. We divided wearing skills into 17 elements such as slipping smock and fastening buttons. During the intervention, the therapist used verbal and physical prompts and prompts were gradually faded. Their mother observed how the therapist presented and faded the prompts and took the role of the therapist in generalization test. We calculated the percentages of correct responses (elements) that the child could achieve spontaneously. Results showed that three of four children could acquire and generalize the spontaneous wearing skills. Results were discussed in that the total-task-presentation procedure was effective for children with ASD to acquire the spontaneous wearing skills and that the fluency of motor skills would be the prerequisites to acquire the wearing skills.
 
123. A Comparison of the Effects of Errorless vs. Error Correction Procedures on Skill Acquisition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA NIEMEIER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Children with autism often make frequent errors and have considerable difficulty when acquiring new skills. Terrace (1963, 1974) suggested that procedures that allow errors to occur frequently (e.g., error correction) produce negative emotional behaviors, which can in turn interfere with skill acquisition. However, teaching procedures that prevent errors (e.g., Touchette & Howard, 1984) have not been directly compared with those that permit and then correct errors (e.g., Grow et al, 2011) in children with autism. The current study compared an errorless teaching procedure similar to the one developed by Touchette and Howard (1984) with a commonly cited error-correction procedure in two children with autism spectrum disorder. A receptive identification task was used as the dependent measure. In the errorless condition, the prompt delay was moved in 1 s increments contingent on the participants responding. In the error-correction condition, trials were repeated until the participant responded independently and correctly. Results indicated that the errorless procedure was more efficient for one participant and error correction was more efficient for the other. Further research should be conducted to assess the mechanisms that facilitate skill acquisition using each of these procedures.
 
124. Community-Based Intensive Behavioral Intervention for Preschool Children with Autism: A Retrospective Effectiveness Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Lisa M. Wright (University of Manitoba), CT YU (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (St. Amant Research Centre), Carly Chand (University of Manitoba), Leslie Thorne (St. Amant Research Centre)
Abstract: Intensive behavioral intervention has been shown to be effective in well-controlled studies for children with autism. However, relatively few studies have evaluated its effectiveness when delivered in the community often under less than ideal conditions. We conducted a retrospective effectiveness study of such an intervention and compared outcomes between children with higher versus lower adaptive behavior scores at intake. The intervention consisted of 31 weekly hours of individualized instructions using applied behavior analytic procedures. Archival data examined included standardized measures of adaptive behavior, language, autism symptoms, and cognitive development. Children included in the study (n = 100) must have intake standard scores on adaptive functioning and intake and year-1 scores on at least one measure. Mean intake-age of the participants was 46.75 months, and diagnoses included autism, autism spectrum disorder, and pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified. After one year of intervention, statistically significant improvements (p < .05) on all measures were observed. Moreover, a computed rate of development in adaptive behavior also reached statistical significance. Higher functioning children (Group A in Figure) consistently outperformed the lower functioning children (Group B in Figure) on average on all measures. The community-based intensive behavioral intervention based on applied behavior analytic procedures was effective.
 
125. On-Task Intervention Using a Motivaider Across Multiple Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MOLLY ANN MCGINNIS (May Institute), Lauren Eaton (The May Institute), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute), Courtney L. Keegan (May Institute)
Abstract:

The intervention demonstrates the use of a Motivaider during multiple settings to prompt on-task behavior. CW is a 12-year-old boy and is diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified (PDD-NOS) and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). During baseline, data was collected by the observer during a 30-minute time period. The observer wore the Motivaider to complete data using 3-minute momentary time sampling to track the presence or absence of on-task behavior at the end of each interval. During the intervention training, the Motivaider was present so that the trainer and the participant could hear the vibration. At the end of the interval, the trainer would prompt the participant by saying, Are you doing what youre supposed to be doing right now? The trainer then used least-to-most prompting to teach appropriate responding. During intervention, data was collected using a 3-minute momentary time sampling procedure. Data regarding on-task versus off task behavior was collected during this phase as well as whether CW successfully self-redirects at the end of the 3-minute interval if he was off-task. The percentage of self-redirects within 10s are demonstrated in the attached graph as well as overall on-task behavior. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data was collected during 1 session during the intervention in the home at 100% agreement. Further IOA data will be taken as this study continues. At the time of submission, CW demonstrates significant progress regarding on-task behavior in the home environment and some progress regarding on-task behavior in the social studies setting. The trainer hopes to implement the same intervention training present in the home environment at the school setting to promote high rates of on-task behavior in another environment. Further implementation will also occur in other settings to demonstrate generalization across multiple settings.

 
126. Blocking and Redirection Towards Competing Items to Decrease Destructive Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CAITLIN FULTON (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Kasey Thomas (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Angie Christine Querim (Ball State University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: A 10-year-old boy diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder, Nate, was referred to a severe behavior disorders clinic for the assessment and treatment of destructive behavior; specifically, the breaking of light bulbs, light fixtures, outlets, and lamps. Functional analyses indicated this destructive behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. In 1996, Piazza et al. demonstrated that providing access to tangible items as well as social attention reduced the rate of automatically maintained dangerous behavior for an individual diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Paired stimulus preference assessments (Fisher et al., 1992) were conducted to evaluate Nates preference for light bulbs and other leisure items. The final treatment included blocking Nate from touching light bulbs, fixtures, and wall outlets while providing access to highly preferred items contingent on compliance to a specified number of household tasks. If Nate engaged in destructive behavior, he was immediately transitioned to a timeout room with a 2 minute calm criterion. Nates attempts to interact with the lights, fixtures, and outlets decreased to near zero levels while his compliance with the tasks given and interaction with the alternative items increased to high levels.
 
127. Using Digital Stimulus Superimposition and Fading to Establish Sight Reading With Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EDGAR D. MACHADO (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Barbara C. Etzel (The University of Kansas), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Abstract: Research suggests that stimulus superimposition with fading may successfully transfer stimulus control of vocal labeling from pictures to text for a variety of learners. Schilmoeller, Schilmoeller, Etzel and LeBlac (1979) demonstrated that criterion related cues (i.e., stimulus features of the initial stimulus complex contained the same or similar features as the terminal discriminative stimuli) were better than non-criterion related cues for shifting stimulus control. The current study extends this body of work, in particular, the work of Birkan, McClannahan and Krantz (2007), by fading the superimposed stimuli that appears outside the target S+ first and then fading the superimposed stimuli that appears inside the target S+, using Microsoft Word to gradually shift responding from pictures to corresponding text to teach sight-word reading to people with autism. A multiple-baseline design across pairs of words was used with two children with autism (data are shown for 1 participant). Over the course of the stimulus superimposition of words over pictures and stimulus fading of the pictures, continuous probes of the text alone words were presented to assess when transfer of control of reading from pictures to text occurred. During baseline, no sight reading occurred but all picture stimuli evoked correct vocal tacts. During intervention, all sight word pairs came to occasion correct reading. Sight reading also generalized to words written in fonts that differed from those used during training. Sight reading also maintained following the completion of training. Thus, these results provide an effective method to errorlessly teach sight reading.
 
128. The Effects of Pairing on Response Allocation to Staff Members
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY DELLA ROSA (Alpine Learning Group), Janell Scheuer (Alpine Learning Group), Lindsay Barth (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Some research indicates that children with disabilities will choose to work with staff members who are more preferred. The current study evaluated procedures for conditioning staff as reinforcers by pairing staff members with preferred activities. A multi-element design was used to assess the effects of pairing on response allocation to each staff member. Prior to baseline, a reinforcer assessment was conducted to identify social reinforcers (e.g., hugs, tickling). Neutral exposure and test sessions served as the baseline. During neutral exposure sessions, the participant spent 3 minutes with each staff member in an empty room. No prompts or reinforcement were delivered. Following two neutral exposure sessions, neutral test sessions were conducted, where pictures of two staff members were positioned randomly on a table. The participant was instructed to “Pick who you want to work with” and response allocation to each staff member’s picture was measured. The participant was then required to earn five tokens with that staff member. Following baseline, pairing intervention sessions began. During these sessions, staff members A and B were randomly assigned to one of two conditions: paired and non-paired. In the pairing condition, the staff member delivered social reinforcement on a FT-15 s schedule. Conversely, the non-paired condition featured staff that did not provide reinforcement, initiate interactions and remained neutral when responding to the participant. Test sessions were conducted 45 minutes following two pairing intervention sessions. Pictures of staff members A and B were positioned on a table and the participant was instructed to “Pick who you want to work with.” The participant then worked with that staff member until he earned five tokens. It is anticipated that the participant will allocate the most responses to the staff member paired with preferred social activities indicating that staff can be conditioned as reinforcers.
 
129. Duration-Reduction of Treatment Sessions as Reinforcement for Appropriate Behavior in Young Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY SKORZANKA (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley B. Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Daylee E. Magnison (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Before a child exits treatment, it is often important to fade the use of a token economy in favor of more naturalistic behavior management techniques. Little research has been conducted in this area and, as such, a session reduction procedure was developed to fade the use of a token economy and other tangible reinforcers, and decrease the rate of problematic behaviors that interfere with instruction with young children with autism who are transitioning out of EIBI treatment. All participants experienced a change in session structure whereby a token economy was replaced by a session reduction procedure in which a childs treatment session was terminated contingent upon the completion of a predetermined number of curriculum responses. In this way, the discontinuation of a childs treatment session was directly related to on-task behavior, rather then a pre-scheduled time. Results and suggestions for future research will be discussed.
 
130. Evaluating the Use of Catalyst Application on the iPad for Data Collection
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHAELA BRUCE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center, CASD), Jessica Niemeier (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nitasha Dickes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to compare the use of a standard data collection (e.g., paper and pencil data) and management (e.g., enter data via Microsoft Excel, writing progress notes via Microsoft Word) to the use of technology-based data collection and management (i.e., Catalyst). Catalyst, created by DataFinch Technologies is a customizable applied behavior analysis (ABA) data collection platform. The application is available for use on the iPad. Two therapists participated in this evaluation. Each therapist has a bachelor's degree and both have prior training in ABA therapy. Both therapists reviewed the online manual prior to using the system. First, we assessed the total duration of the standard data collection and data management method (i.e., graphing using excel, creating a changes sheet for the following therapy day using Word, and creating a progress note using Word). Time-stamped emails were sent to mastered level supervisors when each task (graphing, progress notes, and changes sheets) was started and finished. Next, Catalyst was utilized to measure data collection and management via the application. We compared these two methods using a within subject reversal design. Results, suggested that on average, the standard data collection and management method took 20 minutes longer than when the Catalyst system was used. When using the Catalyst system, time spent on graphing, progress notes, and changes sheets was decreased to an average of 10 to 15 minutes.
 
131. Evaluating the Use of Two Seating Arrangements on Skill Acquisition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER DOLL (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Amber R. Paden (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nitasha Dickes (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that several variables, such as the seating arrangement, influence skill acquisition for typically developing children during discrete-trial training (Van Houten and Rolider, 1989). Van Houten and Rolider demonstrated that a knee-to-knee seating arrangement increased children's accuracy with correct responding to flashcards. The purpose of the current study was to extend the findings of Van Houten and Rolider (1989) by evaluating the effects of two seating arrangements, table seating and knee-to-knee seating, on the accuracy of responding during discrete-trial teaching in children three children with autism. During the knee-to-knee arrangement, both the therapist and child sat with knees touching and no table or distractors were present. In the table seating arrangement, the therapist sat adjacent to the child at a table. Following low levels of correct responding during baseline, the two seating arrangements were implemented using a combination multiple-baseline/alternating-treatment design to compare skill acquisition. Reinforcement was provided on a fixed-ratio 1 (FR1) schedule for correct responding in each teaching arrangement. The study is ongoing but preliminary results showed that there was a larger and more rapid increase in correct responding with the table seating arrangement relative to the knee-to-knee condition for at least one participant.
 
132. Project iCAN: Using the iPad to Communicate and Access Needs
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
ELISA CRUZ-TORRES (Florida Atlantic University Center for Autism & Related Disabilities)
Abstract: Lack of access to enriching resources may hinder language acquisition and opportunities for social engagement, as well as mediate problem behavior. Children from lower socioeconomic backgrounds with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) that have severely impaired communication skills and no access to stimulating learning materials may face even more adversity than their typically developing peers. With funding support from Autism Speaks, Project iCAN provided iPads and a communication app, called Proloquo2Go, to underprivileged families who have children with ASD and limited communication skills. Four families attended three 6-hour workshops in which they were trained how to navigate and customize the iPad and Proloquo2Go. The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment & Placement Program (VB-MAPP) was used to assess each child’s language skills. Target goals were derived based on the pre-study results. To provide further support, in-home consultations were conducted bi-weekly for three months. This presentation will review the rationale for this project, as well as procedures utilized in training and consulting with multicultural and multilingual families. Pre- and post-parent surveys regarding the training and its impact on their technology competence will be discussed. VB-MAPP results of the each child’s language development will also be shared.
 
133. Moderate Effect of Early Intensive Behavioural Intervention in Rett syndrome
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTINE TITLESTAD (Norway ABA), Hege Aarlie (Norway ABA), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract: Background: Rett syndrome is a neurodevelopmental disorder, almost exclusively occurring in females. After a period of normal development Rett children loose speech and purposeful hand use, and develop stereotypic hand movements and gait abnormalities. No specific therapy is advised for Rett syndrome. Aim: May early behavioural intervention be an effective intervention for children with Rett syndrome. Methods: Twin girls with Rett syndrome received early intensive behavioural intervention for 33 months, from the age three. Up to 35 hours intervention was given one-to-one and in small groups. Effects of teaching were assessed using The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills- Revised and the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, Parent/Caregiver Rating Form. Results: Vineland and The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills- Revised showed that both girls maintained and learned new skills. Skills that were systematically targeted where maintained and a number of new skills where established. Conclusion: Our results indicate that early intensive behavioural intervention may have some moderate positive effects in Rett syndrome.
 
134. Effectiveness and Generalization of an Intensive PRT Professional Training Program
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KATRINA OSTMEYER (Virginia Tech), Angela Scarpa (Virginia Tech), Daniel Adam Openden (Southwest Autism Research & Resouce Center), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida), Brent Seymour (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center), Rachel McIntosh (Southwest Autism Research & Resource Center)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are likely to be served by professionals through a variety of mental health, medical, and school-based community systems; however, the training needs of these professionals are often unmet due to inadequate training in evidence-based practices and lack of funding (Stahmer, Collings, & Palinkas, 2005; Simpson, 2005). For these reasons, cost-effective training methods for community professionals need exploration. The current study examined an intensive four-day training workshop in evidence-based Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT: Koegel, Koegel, Harrower, & Carter, 1999) on the ability of professionals working with children with ASD to apply PRT techniques with a target child and generalization of learned techniques to another child. Two community professionals working with children with ASD completed the training and video probes working with a child targeted during the training and another child for generalization. Data were coded for the correct implementation of each of five PRT strategies (shared control, providing opportunities, interspersing trials, reinforcing attempts, and reinforcing behavior) from 10-minute videos collected at baseline before the training as well as one week, one month, and two months after the training. Data show that professionals learned to apply PRT techniques with each target child and skills also generalized to working with another child not directly targeted in training. One provider maintained her level of performance while the other did not during maintenance probes. Results and implications for policy and training in evidence-based practices will be discussed.
 
135. Identifying Function of Problem Behavior and Classification of Repetitive Behavior by Hospitalized In-Patients
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAEGAN PISMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Outcomes of indirect assessments and functional analyses do not always produce the same conclusion regarding the function of a behavior (Toogood & Timlin, 1996; Paclawskyj, Matson, Rush, Smalls, & Vollmer, 2001; Iwata, DeLeon, Roscoe, 2013). Research evaluating indirect assessments that measure defining features of autism (e.g., repetitive behaviors, inflexibility) and comparing those features to outcomes of functional analyses may help determine the utility of these indirect measures in the assessment of problem behavior. In this study, we examined differences in the severity of repetitive behavior using the repetitive behavior scale revised (RBS-R; Bodfish, Symons, & Lewis, 2000) and severity of inflexibility using the behavioral flexibility rating scale revised (BFRS-R; Scheffer et al., 2008) for individuals admitted to an inpatient hospital and diagnosed with autism only and autism with comorbid ID. In addition, we identified the percentage of participants with automatic and tangible functions that fell within a range of scores on the indirect measures. Results indicate that the BFRS-R may be a good indicator for identifying social vs. automatic reinforcement for various problem behaviors. Results also indicate no statistical significance between the scores for the low functioning autism and high functioning autism groups on these indirect assessments.
 
136. An Evaluation of Response Latency to Predict Behavioral Function
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA ING (The University of Iowa), James Green (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Recent studies have evaluated the efficacy of using latency to problem behavior as an alternative to response rate to identify the function of problem behavior within a functional analysis. Latency analyses have been shown to have high correspondence to functional analysis outcomes, but require less time and fewer instances of problem behavior than functional analyses (Thomason- Sassi, Iwata, Neidert, & Roscoe, 2011). This study evaluated the correspondence between behavior functions identified by a standard functional analysis (calculated using response rate) and behavior functions identified with three variations of latency analyses. Post hoc latency analyses were conducted with functional analysis data sets for 12 participants who attended an extended outpatient service for assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Participants ranged in age from 2 to 21 years old. Each data set was reviewed for latency to first target behavior, latency to the second occurrence of target behavior, and latency to any problem behavior. High levels of correspondence were found between the functional analysis and latency to first target behavior (83%), latency to first problem behavior (83%), and latency to second target behavior (75%). Results will be discussed in terms of the utility of different latency analyses as an alternative to functional analyses.
 
137. A Comparison of Data Presentation Methods for Functional Analysis Data
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SORAH STEIN (Partnership for Behavior Change), Jonathan Amey (AIMS Instruction), Joseph Baird (Indiana University South Bend), Justin McCammon (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract: Determining function of behavior for people with developmental disabilities is typically achieved via functional analysis. Functional analysis data can be represented and thus analyzed in various ways. Traditionally, we looked at condition(s) with highest percent of intervals in which behavior occurred to determine the function of a behavior (Iwata et al., 1982). More recently some researchers and clinicians started to look at frequency of behavior within conditions to determine function (Kahng & Iwata, 1999). In the present study, researchers examined the high-frequency vocal stereotypy of a fifteen-year-old boy. Analyses were carried out across 15, five-minute conditions, then data were analyzed and compared using percent of intervals, aggregated rate per condition, and rate per minute within conditions using the timings (standard celeration) chart. Pre-analysis, we hypothesized the behavior to be automatically maintained, which was supported by analysis of data by percent of intervals. Rate per minute and per session revealed the behavior to be attention-maintained, and enhanced by data tracked via audible clicker; this finding was not revealed by analysis of percent of intervals. Rate per minute data reveal trends in the behavior not revealed in per-session presentation. Thus, we recommend analyzing functional analysis data in rate per-minute.
 
138. Pairwise Functional Analysis of Pica: Measuring Within-Session Patterns of Responding Utilizing Placebo Pills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA ENGASSER (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center), Delia Sequeira (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center), Michael Hitchcock (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center), Sarah Cohen (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center)
Abstract: Few studies have been completed to better understand pica of prescription medication. This study sought to assess the dangerous behavior of drug ingestion pica of a 10-year-old male child. A pairwise variation functional analysis was completed in order to determine the function of the behavior. A set of 10 items, which included both preferred edibles and edible items that resembled inedibles, were systematically presented. Placebo pills created by a compounding pharmacy were utilized to take the place of prescription medication. The conditions tested involved the presence of a person versus the absence of a person in the assessment room while the set of multiple stimuli without replacement were presented. Also tested was the availability of attention and no attention to the child from the person in the room. Within the pairwise variation, the following information was also attained: the order of item preference, latency of ingestion of items, and frequency of pica behavior. The results confirmed the hypothesis that the maintaining function of pica was access to socially mediated attention.
 
139. The Use of Within-Session Patterns of Self-Injury to Clarify Behavioral Function
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERIC BOELTER (Seattle Children's Hospital), Amber Persons (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract: Functional analysis methodology has been shown to effectively identify the behavioral function of disruptive behavior. Analyses of within session patterns of behavior have been used to augment the results of the functional analysis. The use of within-session patterns of behavior, which may help clarify the results of a functional analysis, are important to replicate. This study examined within session patterns of behavior to clarify behavioral function following a functional analysis with two participants diagnosed with autism who engaged in self-injury. For each participant, a functional analysis was conducted that yielded undifferentiated results. For one participant an additional functional analysis was conducted to control for an idiosyncratic independent variable. Subsequently, an extended alone/ignore phase was conducted with both participants and suggested that an automatic behavioral function may be present. However, follow-up analysis of within-session patterns of self-injury during the extended alone/ignore phase suggested that an automatic function was not present for either participants. Inter-observer agreement was obtained on 30% of all sessions for each participant and average agreement was 95% and 90%, respectively. These results are important because they add to the literature on the use of within-session patterns of behavior to help clarify behavioral function.
 
140. Play-Based ABA Using Mother as Co-Therapist: Pilot Data on 4.5 Hours per Week of Therapy
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
E. AMANDA AMANDA BOUTOT (Texas State University), Samuel DiGangi (Arizona State University)
Abstract: This case study presents results from a play-based applied behavior analysis intervention used with a two-year-old diagnosed with autism. The intervention was implemented in a play setting, with the child's mothers serving as co-therapist. Success was noted in the areas of play, language, social interaction, cognition, and adaptive behaviors over six months. Suggestions for continued research are discussed.
 
141. Investigating Changes in Parent Knowledge about Obsessive Compulsive Behaviour Following Group Function-Based Cognitive Behavioural Therapy for Children with High Functioning Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL KOFFMAN (Surrey Place Centre), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Naomi Johnson (Brock University), Heather Yates (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University)
Abstract: This study investigated improvements in parent knowledge of effective intervention strategies following participation in a group function-based CBT treatment (GFbCBT) package for children with comorbid OCD and ASD. Nineteen parents of children ages 7-12 years with High Functioning Autism (HFA) participated in the 9-week treatment program. Key components of treatment included psychoeducation and mapping, cognitive-behavioural skills training, function-based interventions and exposure and response prevention (ERP). Treatment sessions also included direct parent education, which followed a behavioural skills training model (Miltenberger, 2008). Parent knowledge (N = 19) was measured pre and post treatment using a vignette about a child demonstrating obsessive-compulsive behaviour. Results of a one-tailed pairwise t-test indicated statistically significant changes (p=.036) in overall parent knowledge following participation in treatment. Statistically significant changes were also found in parents ability to generate ERP and function-based intervention strategies. These results provide preliminary evidence that parents benefit from active involvement in the GFbCBT treatment package.
 
142. Behavioral Assessment and Treatment of a Severe Feeding Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER TUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha R. Young (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shari M. Pincus (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: It has been estimated that up to 90% of children with autism have some form of feeding issue (Kodak & Piazza, 2008); however, there is a lack of literature on the fading and generalization of treatments for complex children with both medical and behavioral issues. For the current study, a 10-year-old male, diagnosed with autism, feeding disorder, and gastroparesis, was admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of chronic problem behavior during mealtime. Results of a functional behavior assessment suggested that problem behavior may be maintained by escape from the meal context. Treatment for consuming food consisted of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA)/differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), and escape extinction; treatment for consuming drinks consisted of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR). Results indicated a 92.20% reduction of problem behaviors during the meal context and stable consumption of food. Although stable rates of responding were achieved after generalizing treatment across a small number of care providers, effects were not maintained. Additionally, a shift in response allocation was observed during mealtimes from full expulsion of the food to rumination. After applying contingencies for rumination, rates during the meal dropped to near zero.
 
143. Increasing the Reinforcing Efficacy of Edibles and Removing Competing Protective Equipment in Treating Meal Refusal
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHELSEA R. FLECK (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The purpose of this analysis was to identify the variables controlling meal refusal and consumption in a residential student with autism who wears protective gloves to decrease the likelihood of tissue damage from self-injurious face-pinching. During baseline, the regular school lunch was presented and the participant was required to remove his protective gloves before eating. We conducted a paired-stimulus preference assessment to identify a highly reinforcing meal. In the high preference alternative condition (HP Alt), the highly preferred meal was presented simultaneously with the school lunch, and the participant was instructed to choose one. During those sessions, the participant was also required to remove his protective gloves. In the final condition (Gloves), the participant was instructed to place latex gloves over his protective gloves and was subsequently presented with the school lunch and allowed to eat without removing his gloves. Both the use of more reinforcing meals and allowing the participant to continue to wear protective gloves during meals resulted in increases in meal consumption, suggesting that meal refusal was impacted by both the relative reinforcing efficacy of the meal and negative punishment in the form of required removal of protective equipment.
 
144. The Effects of Behavioral Approach Art Therapy on Social Interaction of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WAN-CHI CHOU (National ChangHua University of Education), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of behavioral approach art therapy on social interaction abilities of two children with autism spectrum disorders. A single-subject experimental design of multiple probes design across behaviors was used. The independent variable of this study was behavioral approach art therapy, which included EO, token economic, prompting and modeling. The dependent variables were the percentage of verbal communication (i.e., responding to other, requesting for material and initiate questions), displaying and showing, and eye contact. Visual analysis method was used in this study to analyze the results. Evaluation questionnaires and interviews of the parent and teachers were used to collect the data for social validity. Main results of this study were as follows: (1) The behavioral art therapy programs could enhance, maintain and generalize outcomes of verbal communication for children with autism spectrum disorders. (2) The behavioral art therapy programs could enhance, maintain and generalize outcomes of displaying and showing for children with autism spectrum disorders. (3) The art therapy programs could enhance, maintain and generalize outcomes of eye contact for children with autism spectrum disorders. (4) Behavioral approach art therapy could enhance the art performance and creation of children with autism spectrum disorders. (5) Social validity data showed favor results for this outcome.
 
145. Preference Between Massed and Alternating Trials to Teach Word-Picture Relations to Children With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PAULO GUILHARDI (Beacon ABA Services), Jennifer Smith (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: The goal was to assess efficacy and preference between massed vs. alternating matching-to-sample trials by children with autism. Children were presented with a matching-to-sample procedure to teach multiple sets of words -picture stimuli relations on a computer screen. Each set was composed of three words and pictures and two sets were taught at a time. Sessions were initiated by the selection of a participant to a colored square stimulus on the screen which indicated how two sets of 18 trials each were interspersed within a session (conditions). During the massed-trials condition, 18 trials from one set were followed by 18 trials from a second set. In the alternating condition, 18 trials from each set alternated. Children were exposed to both conditions following an ABAB design during the (Pre-exposure phase). A preference for massed vs. alternating trials phase was assessed. Sessions started with a choice between the two stimuli previous associated with the massed vs. alternating conditions and trials were presented accordingly. Once preference was assessed, the stimuli associated with each condition were reversed. Results will determine the most appropriate procedure to be used when teaching word recognition to children with autism, and whether assessment of procedure choice should be conducted.
 
146. The Effects of Work Schedules on Performance and Preference in Students With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAGDALENA BUKALA (Queens College, City University of New York), Meng Yao Hu (Queens College, City University of New York), Ronald Lee (QSAC), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: This study investigated performance under and preference for continuous and discontinuous schedules of work in three students diagnosed with autism. In the continuous schedule, participants completed five independent work activities and received five minutes access to the preferred activity. In the discontinuous schedule, work and access to preferred activities were broken up into smaller units such that participants completed one independent work activity followed by one minute access to a preferred activity, repeated five times. During the forced choice phase, the researcher selected the work schedule that the participant completed. Later, participants completed the free choice phase where the participant chose the schedule. The researchers measured session duration, task duration, and transition durations under the respective work schedules. All three participants preferred the continuous work schedule. Sessions were shorter during the continuous schedule for two of the three participants. These results suggest that continuous schedules are more preferred and efficient.
 
147. The Effects of the Conversation Box on Initiation of Social Questions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL DACOSTA (Beacon ABA Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Students with autism often display limited or significantly delayed social interactions, which are essential to developing and maintaining social relationships. The purpose of the current study was to teach a school aged student with autism to initiate social interactions using a conversation box. During baseline, the participant was instructed to talk with his peers while sitting at a group of desks during snack time. No programmed consequences were followed. During intervention, a box containing textual cues was used to prompt interactions between peers in a classroom during snack time. Data were collected on the percentage of independent asking and answering of WH questions, as well as on the frequency of any other appropriate social communication occurring in the context of the experimental sessions. A multiple baseline design across social initiations was used to demonstrate experimental control. Inter-observer agreement data and procedural fidelity data were collected on 30% of the experimental session and were above 90% on both measures. Results indicate that the use of the conversation box increased the number of social interactions between the student with ASD and his classroom peers.
 
148. Variables Involved in Parental Choices for Treatments in their Child’s Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY N. FRAME (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis)
Abstract: How do parents choose treatments for their child’s autism spectrum disorder (ASD)? Parents of children with ASD are confronted with a myriad of choices to treat their child’s autism. The following research will extend the literature on what treatments are being used with children with ASD, what the parent’s expectations for treatments are on the symptoms of ASD, as well as, add to the literature on the decision making process parents use to select interventions to treat ASD. In addition, this study will attempt to educate parents on ASD, the evidence-based treatments available for ASD, and how/why to use an evidence-based approach in lieu of an alternative therapy to see if education alone can modify parent’s decision making criteria when selecting treatments for their child.
 
149. Parents Taking Action: A Psycho-Educational Intervention for Latino Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WENDY A. MACHALICEK (University of Oregon), Sandy Magana (University of Illinois at Chicago), Kristina Lopez (California State University Long Beach)
Abstract: Recent studies show that Latino children with autism or another developmental disability, compared to White children, have a consistent pattern of worse health care access, utilization, and quality. Additionally, Latino children are more likely to be diagnosed later and are less likely to receive specialty autism services including ABA-based treatments than white children. This pre-test post-test pilot study examined the feasibility, acceptability and preliminary outcomes of a culturally derived intervention for 14 Spanish speaking mother of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The 16 week intervention was delivered to mothers in their home by trained Latina women who were also mothers of a child with an ASD. Module I provided parents with basic information about autism, advocacy, and navigating service delivery and public school systems. Module II provided parents with information about evidenced-based interventions, largely ABA-based intervention strategies, to improve their childs social communication and play skills and to decrease and prevent challenging behaviors. Paired sample t tests were used to compare outcome variables for Module II parent and child outcome variables. Parents completing Module I reported significantly greater knowledge of ASD, their child's strengths and needs, their rights and how to advocate, and better information about child development, support systems and community access. Parents completing Module II reported a significant increase in the efficacious use of targeted strategies. In addition, parents answering a social validity questionnaire rated the intervention as acceptable, feasible, and effective. Suggestions for future research are discussed.
 
150. Parental Perception of the Transition Process and the Role of Non-School Affiliated Professionals
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHELLEY MCDERMOTT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Maureen van Stone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The number of children receiving special education services under the diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) has been steadily increasing over the years. As a result, the educational system is faced with the challenge of preparing this growing population for the transition to adulthood. Research examining the effects of transition out of high school on the behavior of individuals diagnosed with an ASD indicates that behavioral and adaptive functioning may be negatively impacted (Taylor & Seltzer, 2010). Because many individuals diagnosed with an ASD receive behavioral services outside of the school, it may be helpful to include these providers in the transition process to make it as smooth as possible for the individual. The purpose of this study was to gather information from Maryland families with a child diagnosed with an ASD who have been through, or are currently involved in the transition process to identify ways in which transition services can be improved. Families completed an online survey and provided suggestions for improving the transition process. Results indicate that the majority of families feel unprepared for the transition of their child, and they would appreciate support from service providers unaffiliated with the school.
 
151. Early Versus Late Autism Spectrum Disorders Diagnosis (ASD) and Parental Stress, Anxiety, and Coping Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALBERT KNAPP (Argosy University), Stephen Berger (Argosy University), Bina Parekh (Argosy University), Mark Hume (Argosy University)
Abstract: The purposes of this study were (a) to determine how the age at which a child is given an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnosis affects parental stress and anxiety and (b) to determine the differential stress reactions and coping styles between mothers and fathers of a child with ASD. Sixty-one parents who have a child with a diagnosis of ASD was used for this study, and were separated into three groups: Mothers, Child Diagnosed at age four years or older (n=12); Mothers, Child Diagnosed before age four years (n=40); and Fathers, all of whom had a child diagnosed before age four years (n=9). Participants were administered the Parenting Stress Index, III Edition (PSI), the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), and the WAYS of Coping Scale-Revised (WAYS-R). Results supported the main hypothesis of this study that mothers with a child diagnosed with ASD at age four years or older exhibited higher levels of stress than did parents whose children were diagnosed before age four years. Mothers of a child diagnosed with ASD at either age level reported significantly greater stress than did fathers. Mothers of children diagnosed at age four years or older made the most use of the three coping styles.
 
152. Applied Studies of Lag Schedules of Positive Reinforcement on the Behavioral Variability of Children with Autism: A Literature Review.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin), Summer Gainey (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: Basic experimental research on lag schedules of positive reinforcement and their effects on behavioral variability have inspired applied research on the effects of lag and lag-like schedules to increase the behavioral variability of children with autism. Differences in methods and procedures between studies suggest a critical review may be useful for interpreting the current body of research and designing future studies. All existing studies of lag schedule effects on variability in behavior of children with or without autism were reviewed. Studies of verbal and non-verbal behavior were analyzed separately. For each study, it was determined if procedures used to increase variant behavior matched the definition of a lag schedule from basic research. Next, internal and external validity were evaluated and ranked, and procedural descriptions were evaluated for adequacy and clarity. It is concluded that the data from these studies converged to suggest lag schedules can increase variant and novel responding by children with autism and/or intellectual disability. The review concludes with recommendations for future research.
 
153. Social Interaction Interventions for Individuals With Autism: A Review of the Literature
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
LACI WATKINS (The University of Texas at Austin), Michelle Kuhn (The University of Texas at Austin), Cindy Gevarter (The University of Texas), Heather Gonzales (The University of Texas at Austin), Deanna Longino (The University of Texas at Austin), Laura Rojeski (The University of Texas at Austin), Nicolette Sammarco (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to review the characteristics of interventions designed to increase social interaction behaviors in individuals with autism. Forty-five studies published in peer-reviewed journals between 2008-2013 were included. The studies presented a variety of interventions which were categorized as behavioral, naturalistic, parent training, video modeling, visual, and peer-mediated approaches. Findings are summarized in terms of: (a) participant age and functioning level, (b) primary intervention type, (c) additional intervention components, (d) intervention outcomes, and (e) an appraisal of the study's design and methodological rigor to determine certainty of evidence. The relative efficacy of each different intervention approach is analyzed, and results suggest that there is empirical evidence to support a variety of treatments for increasing social interaction in individuals with autism. Findings suggest that some intervention approaches (behavioral, video modeling, visual, and peer-mediated) have been evaluated more adequately than others (parent training and naturalistic). Recommendations for educational practice and possible areas for future research are highlighted.
 
154. Utilizing Webcam Technology to Evaluate the Efficacy of a Parent-Implemented Treatment Package to Improve Sleep
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAREN M. ZELTMAN (ABC Consultants at Rowan University), Philip L. Concors (ABC Consultants at Rowan University)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders have a higher prevalence of comorbid sleep disturbance as compared with non-disabled children of the same age (Liu et al., 2006). Although evidence-based behavior-analytic interventions can be readily implemented by parents and caregivers in the home setting, direct observation data is often difficult to capture for a variety of reasons. Caregiver sleep-checks are not only demanding on their own sleep schedules, but can inadvertently cause sleep interference for the child. Video monitoring and recording via an internet-integrated webcam system offers the potential for non-intrusive real-time data-collection for intervention evaluation and progress-monitoring. In this study, an infrared webcam programmed to detect motion and sound was utilized to monitor the sleep behavior of an eight-year-old child with autism with frequent night wakings, including disruptive behavior (e.g. screaming, throwing items, leaving bed, leaving room). A multi-component treatment package including sleep hygiene supports and a bedtime pass was implemented by her parents through a conjoint behavioral consultation model.
 
155. Parenting Stress and Sleep Problems in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder in South Korea
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
EUIHYUN KWAK (Yonsei University), Jihyeon Seo (Yonsei University), Chunmae Lee (Yonsei University)
Abstract:

The present investigation examined the relationship between parenting stress and sleep problems in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in South Korea. Forty-six parents with children with autism spectrum disorder participated in this research, and diagnosis of their children is as follows: 24 with autism, 4 with Asperger syndrome and 18 with PDD-NOS. Participants completed the Childs Sleep Habits Questionnaire (CSHQ) and Korean-Parenting Stress Index-Short Form (K-PSI-SF). Results revealed the positive correlation obtained between overall parenting stress and overall child sleep disturbance scores of CSHQ. Overall scores of parenting stress are also related to bedtime resistance and daytime sleepiness subscales in CSHQ. In subscales, the score of difficult child in K-PSI-SF was associated with bedtime resistance and daytime sleepiness in CSHQ. These results showed clearly that sleep problems of children with ASD contribute to the stresses of parent in South Korea. Findings suggest that behavioral treatments to modify settling problems and improve daytime functions of children with ASD would be helpful to alleviate stress of caregivers.

 
156. Investigation of Sleep Patterns Among Children With PDD in Korea
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
CHUNMAE LEE (Yonsei University), Dayi Jung (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: Childrens sleep problems affect daytime behaviors and the sleep quality of the other family members. Sleep disturbance were reported by almost 40~80% young children with Pervasive Developmental Disorders (PDD). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the sleep problems in Korean children with PDD. Mothers of 154 children with PDD and 169 typically developing children (age 4-12) completed Childrens Sleep Habits Questionnaire (CSHQ). Our study showed that sleep problems are found in most children with PDD and are not related to age excluding daytime sleepiness. Consistent with previous findings, children with PDD showed significantly higher scores on Bedtime resistance, sleep onset delay, sleep anxiety, night waking and sleep disordered breathing than TD group. On the contrary, sleep duration in PDD group (M=9.51, SD=1.83) was longer than TD group (M=9.05, SD= 1.98), which was against to advanced research. Then we divided the group into two groups (preschool, school age) according to the age. In the school age children (7-12 years), the PDDs total score and the score of sleep onset delay, sleep anxiety were higher than TD group but in the preschool children there were not significant difference excluding sleep onset delay. Preliminary findings suggest that the most frequent sleep problems were difficulty falling asleep and sleep anxiety across all age levels in the PDD group. And the CSHQ was a good questionnaire to distinct the group of pathology.
 
157. What Interventions Do Arabic Websites Promote For IndividualsWith Autism Spectrum Disorders?
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
FAHAD ALNEMARY ALNEMARY (CSULA/UCLA), Faisal Alnemary (University of California, Los Angeles), Abdulrahman Alamri (University of North Texas, Denton)
Abstract: Background: Given the limited access to services and experts, many parents of children with autism in the Arab world may find the World Wide Web as the only source to obtain information to help them understand and address their childrens needs. Objectives: We aimed to examine the characteristics (i.e., attribution, currency, purpose, description of autistic symptoms, and promotion of interventions) of Arabic websites that provide information about autism. Methods: We entered the word autism to locate 200 websites utilizing two search engines (i.e., Google & Yahoo) in September 2013. Our final sample included 131 websites (after eliminated those overlapped). Results: Although 47% of these website were updated in 2013, less than three percent of all websites (n = 3) attributed the information provided to peer-reviewed materials. The most frequently coded website purpose was individuals site, forum, or blog (35%), followed organizations (17%), and news site (15%). In addition, while sixty-six percent provided definitions or descriptions of autistic symptoms, 63% promoted various types of treatments as effective, including: behavioral interventions (39%), educational (11%), medical and related interventions (40%), allied health (34.8%), and complementary and alternative medicine (5.8%). Conclusions: Based on these preliminary findings, we conclude that the available online information is not only insufficient, but also not empirically validated. Developing websites under the supervision of experts that provide reliable and trusted information is an important step to mitigate the limited access to experts and services for children with ASD in the Arab world.
 
158. Family Factors Related to Children’s Outcomes in Intensive Behavioural Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA SHINE (York University), Adrienne M. Perry (York University), Odette Weiss (York University)
Abstract: Intensive Behaviour Intervention (IBI) is a time-intensive program utilizing Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) techniques and has been shown to be an effective treatment for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) (Perry et al., 2008). While IBI has become the treatment of choice for children with ASD, there is still a large amount of variability in children’s outcomes. This variability may be due to many different factors including, those related to the child, the intervention, and the family. This poster will examine different family factors that are related to children’s outcomes in IBI in a sample of 28 parents whose children are receiving publicly funded IBI in Ontario. The family variables being examined in this poster are Socioeconomic Status (SES) which was moderately correlated with children’s outcomes (P = .33), maternal employment status which was strongly correlated with children’s outcomes (P = .64), parental distress which was moderately correlated with children’s outcomes (P = -.41) and parent’s involvement in their child’s IBI program which was moderately correlated with children’s outcomes (P = .45). These findings help us to begin to understand how family variables may be impacting children’s progress in this treatment.
 
159. The Effect of Class wide Function-Related Intervention Teams (CWFIT) on Inappropriate Classroom Behavior on a Student With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARY ELIZABETH DANIELS (Missouri State University), Erin Wilson (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

A single-subject, ABAB withdrawal design was used to increase on-task behavior, decrease negative statements, and decrease inappropriate help requests in an third grade male diagnosed with Autism. Class Wide Function-Based Intervention Teams (CW-FIT) is an evidence-based classroom management strategy that has been proven to increase desired behaviors in students who engage in disruptive classroom behavior (Wills, Kamps, Hansen, Conklin, Bellinger & Neaderhiser, 2010; Kamps, 2012). The classroom management strategy Class Wide Function-Related Intervention Teams (CW-FIT) was employed to teach to the target students attention-seeking behavior in the special education resource room. CW-FIT taught to the function of the students inappropriate behavior by teaching the student how to appropriately obtain his teachers attention and reinforce the student when he engaged in the appropriate replacement behaviors. Results indicate a successful intervention, that increased the students on-task behavior by a mean of 52%, decreased the students negative statements from a mean of 26 to a mean of 1 per instructional period, and decreased the students inappropriate help requests by a mean of 20.2 to a mean of 0.8 per instructional period.

 
160. FCT and Multiple Schedules of Reinforcement to Treat Challenging Behavior of Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WENDY A. MACHALICEK (University of Oregon), Mallory Brown (University of Oregon), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Vincent E. Campbell (University of Oregon), Sarah E. Pinkelman (University of Oregon), Tracy Raulston (University of Oregon), Fahad Alresheed (University of Oregon)
Abstract: This study examined the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior associated with the interruption of perseverative activities by 3 school age children with autism. Functional analyses indicated that challenging behavior occurred to the perseverative activity for each child. Individual adapted reversal (ABABC) designs were used to evaluate the effectiveness of functional communication training package with extinction and subsequent signaled multiple schedules of reinforcement on challenging behavior and appropriate communication. The multiple schedules of reinforcement consisted of: (a) schedule A which consisted of interruption of perseverative play every 30 s and termination of interruption contingent on appropriate communication), and (b) schedule B wherein perseverative play was continuously interrupted, but appropriate communication was placed on extinction. In both schedules challenging behavior was ignored. The FCT intervention decreased challenging behavior and increased appropriate communication for each child. The multiple schedules of reinforcement were effective in maintaining reductions in challenging behavior for each child when appropriate communication (i.e., FCT response) was under extinction. Two of the three children reached 80 s delays to reinforcement. Results suggest potential utility of signaled multiple schedules of reinforcement to fade reinforcement following FCT packages to treat challenging behavior maintained by reinstatement of a perseverative activity. Suggestions for future research are discussed. This study has been completed (one figure has been uploaded).
 
161. Treatment and Evaluation of Tantrum Behavior and Vocal Stereotypy in a First Grader With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHERINE M. SHAW (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to decrease challenging behaviors in a 1st grade student with Autism using treatment package. The two challenging behaviors that were the target of this study were tantrums and vocal stereotypy. A functional analysis and an antecedent analysis were conducted to determine a function of the aberrant behavior, and from those assessments it was determined that tantrum behaviors were maintained by tangible reinforcers and vocal stereotypy was automatically maintained. A treatment package was implemented to address both topographies of challenging behaviors; Functional Communication Training (FCT) to target tantrum behaviors and Differential Reinforcement of Other behaviors (DRO) to decrease vocal stereotypy. Interobserver agreement was collected for 32.4% of the sessions with an average of 95% agreement. Results will be discussed in terms of treatment of the two topographies of behavior across various phases of the treatment package.
 
162. Individualized Online Behavior Intervention Planning in Autism: The Effects on Child Behavior Challenges and Teacher Efficacy
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
REGAN HEATH LINN (University of California, Riverside), Jan Blacher (University of California, Riverside), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Elizabeth Laugeson (University of California, Los Angeles Autism Research Alliance), Sara McCracken (University of California, Los Angeles Autism Research Alliance)
Abstract: Title: Individualized, online behavior intervention planning in autism: The effects on child behavior challenges and teacher efficacy Collaborators: Regan H. Linn, M.Ed., BCBA, Jonathan Tarbox, PhD, BCBA-D, Jan Blacher PhD, Elizabeth Laugeson, PsyD, BCBA-D Sara McCracken, PhD, BCBA-D Contact: heath.regan0906@gmail.com, SEARCH Family Autism Resource Center, Graduate School of Education, University of California, Riverside, CA 92521 Program Area: AUT, EDC Submission Domain: Basic Research (Data-based) Abstract: The primary goal of the proposed study is to investigate the efficacy of a computer-based behavior intervention planning program for improving the behavioral challenges of young children with ASD. Secondarily, we will explore whether the involvement of teachers in this intervention will increase self-efficacy while improving their relationships with students. Method: Participating teachers received in-person tutorial on how to use the computerized intervention program. Pre-intervention measures, completed by the participating teachers, included: the Teacher Self-Efficacy Scale (TES) (Gibson & Dimbo, 1995), the Student-Teacher Relationship Scale (STRS) (Pianta, 2001) and the Classroom Climate Inventory (CCI) (Eisenhower, 2008). A multiple baseline design across 12 participants (6 teachers and 6 students) was utilized to determine the efficacy of the behavior intervention program. Baseline data on frequency of targeted behavior (different for each child) was obtained before intervention began (see Table 1, for two subjects). Teachers are currently involved in creating and implementing an intervention program for each student using the online Behavior Intervention Planner (BIP) over the course of a three-month intervention phase. At the conclusion of the intervention, the TES, STRS and the Teacher Climate Questionnaire (TCQ, Laugeson, 2012) will be completed. Results and Discussion: Analyses at pre-intervention indicated that teachers reported high levels of instructional and disciplinary self-efficacy as per the TES. They also reported significantly lower student-teacher relationships than the normative group, accounted for mainly by lower levels of closeness. Discussion will focus on levels and implications of intervention effectiveness.
 
163. Use of Multiple Schedules With Reinforcement Thinning to Treat Perseverative Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DEWEY DELISLE (The New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Sassi (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Perseverative speech can be problematic when the speech occurs at such high frequency that it interferes with instruction or typical social interactions. Previous studies have shown that perseverative speech maintained by attention can be treated through the use of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA;e.g., Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003; Wilder et al., 2001), however, DRA may produce high rates of approach speech and fading of these DRA schedules is not frequently demonstrated. Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson (2001) showed that use of multiple schedules can decrease problem behavior and maintain low levels of appropriate alternative responding. In this study, the attention-maintained perseverative speech of a 17-year old diagnosed with autism was treated with a DRA for appropriate speech. Treatment consisted of alternating between (a) reinforcement components during which appropriate speech was reinforced and perseverative behavior was ignored, and (b) extinction components, during which all speech was ignored. Schedules were gradually altered to increase the length of the extinction component. Interobserver agreement was collected in 41.6% of functional analysis sessions and 33.3% of treatment sessions. Agreement coefficients were 96.9% and 94.0% respectively.
 
164. HANDS in Autism Intensive Week-Long Training for School Personnel: Outcomes across Nine Years of Implementation
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
J. BLAKE WAREHAM (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Tiffany Neal (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Naomi Swiezy (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Iryna V. Ashby (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University), Megan Marie Stevenson (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Anne Fletcher (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

The HANDS in Autism Interdisciplinary Training and Resource Center initiated an intensive week-long training for school personnel in 2005 to support active learning and knowledge transfer through implementation in a simulated classroom environment. The HANDS in Autism Summer Training program represents the original foundation and delivery format for the HANDS Model. Summer training is offered in one-week sessions three times each summer utilizing the HANDS Model comprehensive curriculum. The HANDS Model combines information on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and empirically-based practices presented using didactic instruction, observation, modeling, hands-on practice, and coaching. Through practical experimentation, the composition of the training has evolved while still focusing on main components of the HANDS in Autism Model training curriculum such as structure/choreography, assessment, planning/intervention, academic, and social skills. A number of evaluation tools have been developed to evaluate this training each summer with regards to increases in participant knowledge, application of knowledge as well as satisfaction and later use of the strategies taught. In this poster, we will provide a systematic evaluation of the training progression, assessment of knowledge, participant outcomes, and further transfer of skills to their workplace, consider potential improvements, as well as offer recommendations on transportability and training replication.

 
165. Using a Tablet to Teach Children With Autism to Engage in Conversational Exchanges: A Script Fading Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANA BIBAY (IME MAIA - Paris, France), Neal N. Fleisig (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.), Marie Tiseire Penot (IME MAIA - Paris, France)
Abstract:

Script-fading procedures have been used to increase the communication skills of children with autism (Krantz &McClannahan, 1993 and 1998 ; Sarokoff, Taylor and Poulson, 2001) The study was completed to evaluate the effects of a scripted conversation with a scripted fading procedure to teach children with autism to engage in conversational exchanges. The scripted conversation and scripted fading procedure were facilitated by the use of a tablet. Two school-age students with Autism participated in the study. They were both readers and attended regular school 5 mornings a week with the assistance of a trained therapist. The present study was implemented in the treatment center (in Paris, France). Informed consent from the students family was obtained. A multiple baseline across 3 sets of stimuli was used to assess the effects of a script-fading procedure to teach 2 children with autism to engage in conversation statements about the stimuli. Scripts were elaborated based on the following stimuli: 1) set of edibles; 2) set of toys; 3) set of school materials. Each participant had his own script, with 5 statements to each participant. When each participant read his script for six sessions, a five-step script-fading procedure was introduced (based on Krantz & McClannahan study of 1993). In Step 1, 25% of the words were faded from back to front; in Step 2, half of each sentence was faded; in Step 3, the stimuli and first letter of each line remained; in Step 4, the tablet was presented with the stimuli; and in Step 5, only the stimuli was presented. Baseline data was collected on two behaviors: number of scripted and unscripted statements made by each participant. Scripted statements were verbalizations that were identical to the written script. It was not necessary for the textual script to be present for a statement to be scored as scripted. Unscripted statements were unprompted statements not present in the script but related to the stimuli. Data were collected once a day, during 2-min sessions. Both students stated all the scripted statements, and unscripted statements also increased. Generalization was assessed with novel conversational partners. In summary, this study supports the work of script-fading procedures to promote language in children with autism and presents a discussion in how the use of a digital tablet can facilitate the implementation of these procedures.

 
166. Training Observational Learning and Social Responses in Children with Autism: The Effects of Vicarious Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE DENISCO (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Past research has demonstrated that children with autism can learn academic tasks by watching their peers earn reinforcers for correct responses during instruction implying a vicarious reinforcement mechanism (Taylor, DeQuinzio,& Stine, 2012). There is limited research on the effects of vicarious reinforcement on the acquisition of social behavior. This study evaluates procedures for teaching participants with autism to learn new social responses (i.e., to choose to play next to a peer) by watching peers earn reinforcers (i.e. praise) for those responses. Prior to the start of the study, reinforcer assessments confirmed that praise functioned as a reinforcer for all three participants. A multiple baseline design across participants is being used to determine the effects of vicarious reinforcement on the acquisition of social responses of three children with autism ages 7 years to 10 years. A small room is arranged so that there are two play areas, approximately 5-8 feet apart, consisting of identical toys. The trials are randomly arranged so that on each trial a peer is playing in one of the two play areas. During baseline, the participant is instructed to “Go play.” During the vicarious reinforcement condition, the participant observes a video clip prior to being instructed to play. In the video clip a peer is instructed to play, chooses the play area that contains the other peer, and the teacher provides descriptive praise for this response (e.g., “Good playing near a friend”). No additional prompts or reinforcement are provided. The participant is allowed to play in the chosen area for approximately 1-2 minutes. Data are summarized as the percentage of trials in which the participant allocated responses to a peer (i.e., chose to play with the toys in the play area with a peer). During baseline, participants are consistently choosing to play away from the peer. We anticipate that during the vicarious reinforcement condition they will allocate responses to the play area with a peer.
 
167. Using Time Delay to Teach Conversational Initiations to Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AUBREY BYRNE (The Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Research targeting social skills in children with autism typically includes initiating social interactions as one response in a large class of social responses such as play, greetings, sharing, etc. Few studies have focused on teaching conversational initiations alone and in the context of a social event (e.g., snack). The purpose of this study was to determine the effects of using a time delay visual cue (various pictures of activities) and prompt delay on the acquisition of social initiations made within a 5 minute group snack time. A multi-element design was used to compare the training condition in which the visual cue and prompts were used with a baseline condition. During baseline, participants sat at a table with peers and were told, Its time for snack. No instructions or prompts to initiate were provided. Conversational initiations were scored as any comment or question directed at a peer or group of peers and required the use of a peers name, a general introductory statement (e.g., Hey everybody, guess what?), eye contact, or gaining peer attention in any way (e.g., saying Hey! tapping shoulder, etc). During baseline, conversational initiations were low and stable ranging from 0-2 for both participants. During training, every 30 seconds the instructor provides a visual cue, verbal prompts, and manual guidance to assist the participants in engaging in the conversational initiation. Initially reinforcement was provided for these prompted responses but was shifted to independent responses. For both participants, conversational initiations were higher during the training condition than during the baseline condition. In subsequent phases, prompts will be faded in the training condition using a time delay procedure.

 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #464
BPH Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1. Moderate Developmental Ethanol Exposure Increases S-R Habit Formation in Adult Zebrafish
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW PARKER (Queen Mary University of London), Alistair Brock (Queen Mary University of London), Caroline H. Brennan (Queen Mary University of London)
Abstract: Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorders (FASD) are characterized by a range of teratogenic and psychological defects, and represent the leading non-hereditary cause of mental retardation, with the prevalence estimated at 2 - 5% in the USA and Western Europe. Low-moderate alcohol consumption during gestation is associated with a range of subtle cognitive and behavioral defects, including impulsivity and inattention, deficits in social behaviour and a propensity to develop addiction. The offspring of rats prenatally exposed to moderate levels of ethanol have reductions of dendritic spine density and length in the shell region of the NAc. As this region is known to mediate the shift between response-outcome and stimulus-response (habit) learning, this raises the possibility that prenatal exposure to ethanol may increase the rate at which offspring develop habits, thus providing a potential endophenotype that predicts the propensity to develop addiction. Here, we tested this hypothesis with a zebrafish model. Initially, we validated the model by examining two known behavioural outcomes of moderate prenatal ethanol exposure: anxiety and conditioned place preference. We found that zebrafish exposed to ethanol showed increased anxiety levels and larger increase in place-preference for ethanol. Finally, we found that the ethanol-exposed fish developed S-R learning earlier in the learning process than non-treated controls. Results are discussed in the context of the mechanisms mediating addiction.
 
2. Developing and Validating Automated Assays for Zebrafish Behavioural Analyses and Drug Discovery
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
ARI SUDWARTS (Queen Mary, University of London), Matthew Parker (Queen Mary, University of London), Caroline H. Brennan (Queen Mary University of London)
Abstract: Within biomedical research, behavioural analyses are commonly been performed on mammals. However, in recent years zebrafish have emerged as an alternative model for behaviour. Their ability to perform two-choice discrimination tasks has huge implications for translational biomedical research. The cognitive skills required for to perform this task (long-term and short-term memory, attention, etc.) demonstrate their efficacy for use in researching neurodegenerative diseases. By reversing this simple task, and/or introducing a shift in interdimentional sets, this behaviour can be used to assess early markers of cognitive decline. Further, it suggests their potential use in drug discrimination assays. Here we present data from our automated assay systems that demonstrate the ability of zebrafish to performing simple 2-choice discrimination tasks, reversal learning, and set shifting.
 
3. Effects of Paired Housing and d-Amphetamine Administration on Delay Discounting in Lewis and Fischer 344 Rats
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
MARISSA TURTURICI (West Virginia University), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Lewis and Fischer 344 rats differ in various behavioral and neurochemical measures. Lewis rats make more impulsive choices in a delay-discounting task than Fischer 344 rats. In addition, there are disparities between these strains in the number of receptors present in several brain areas that may impact behavior. There is some evidence that social housing of rats may result in neurochemical and behavioral changes that result in decreased delay discounting, i.e., decreased impulsive choice. The present experiment examined impulsive choice in a delay-discounting procedure with pair-housed Lewis and Fischer 344 rats. The data constitute a systematic replication of a previous study from our lab using singly housed Lewis and Fischer 344 rats (Huskinson, Krebs & Anderson, 2010). d-Amphetamine was administered acutely in doses of 0.1 – 1.8 mg/kg. Results are being compared to archival data from the study using singly housed rats. Strain differences in baseline delay discounting and effects of d-amphetamine on delay discounting will be discussed.
 
4. Effects of Glucose Ingestion on Delay Discounting in Humans
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
BRANTLEY JARVIS (University of Florida), Rachel Cassidy (Brown University), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract: Delay discounting (DD) refers to the extent to which a reinforcer’s value decreases as the delay to its receipt increases. Although individual discounting rates tend to be stable some environmental manipulations have been shown to alter these rates. Understanding factors that influence DD may offer insights into the mechanisms behind problem behaviors characterized by high impulsivity (e.g., addiction). One physiological factor, increased blood glucose level, was recently shown to decrease DD. We attempted to directly replicate this finding and extend this work using a more robust measure of discounting. In Experiment 1, 20 undergraduates completed a version of the Multiple Choice Questionnaire to measure DD before and after consuming either a soda with glucose or artificial sweetener. In Experiment 2, 56 undergraduates completed the same procedure but with a titrating adjusting amount DD measure. k values from Experiment 1, which indicate the steepness of individual hyperbolic discounting functions, suggest that there was no systematic effect of glucose on DD. Similarly in Experiment 2, area under the curve measures showed no significant difference in discounting before and after consuming glucose relative to an artificial sweetener. These findings are inconsistent with previous work and indicate that glucose ingestion does not influence DD.
 
5. Effects of Citalopram and Bromazepam on the Reinforcement Value of a Conditioned Reinforcer in a Progressive Ratio Schedule.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
Yulla Christoffersen Knaus (Universidade de São Paulo), MIRIAM GARCIA-MIJARES (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract: The use of psychoactive drugs has increased worldwide. Research on the area has followed, although several gaps remain, such as their effect on the Reinforcing Value (RV) of conditioned reinforcers (CR). Many are known to affect the RV of Primary Reinforcers (PRf), but such findings cannot be generalized to CRs without empirical data. The present study proposed to obtain such data, for two commonly used drugs, Citalopram (CIT) and Bromazepam (BRO). 20 female, genetically homogenous Wistar rats were used, subdivided in four groups (Control, CIT, BRO and CITBRO) according to treatment. Drugs were administered intraperitoneally according to individual weight (Cit - 10 mg/kg ; Bro - 1 mg/kg), taking into account daily variations. Subjects underwent six phases: (1) shapping, (2) FR2, (3) Progressive Ratio (PR), (4) PR with drug treatment, (5) Removal of the PRf and (6) Removal of the PRf and CR. PRf was 10% sugar water and CR was a contingent light stimulus. Results did not seem to agree with the literature on PRf, having occurred a decrease in RV for most subjects, additional to a natural time-related decrease. Preliminary data analysis seems to suggest an increase in CR sensibility with BRO and the opposite with CIT.
 
6. Adolescent Cocaine Exposure Disrupts Impulsivity, Reversal Learning, and Cocaine Sensitivity in Adult Mice
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
KATHRYN TEIXEIRA (Auburn University), Blake A. Hutsell (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: Behavioral correlates of substance abuse include impaired choice and decision-making, processes that mature during the adolescent period. Cocaine promotes dopamine activity in the in the prefrontal cortex, a region that plays a large role in decision-making and impulse control. During adolescence, this region experiences prominent neural development , the formation of new synapses, and extensive use-dependent pruning of extraneous dendritic connections in a use-dependent fashion, all of which could be distorted by chronic cocaine use. It is possible that chronic cocaine exposure during adolescence will affect decision-making and impulse control later in life. Adolescent mice were exposed to 30 mg/kg/day of cocaine or a saline vehicle for 14 days. When they were adults, they were examined on a spatial discrimination reversal (SDR), delayed discounting procedure, and acute cocaine challenges on a delayed discounting baseline. Adolescent exposure to cocaine resulted in perseverative responding on the SDR during the first reversal and increased sensitivity to reinforcer delay on the delayed discounting procedure. Acute cocaine blunted this delay sensitivity in the mice exposed to cocaine as adolescents but had little effect on controls. [supported in part by a fellowship to KMT by the A.U. Center for Molecular Biology]
 
7. Ketamine-Induced Disruption of an Incremental Repeated Acquisition Procedure is Marginally Attenuated by Clozapine and Haloperidol
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
ANDREW SHEN (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: Animal models of schizophrenia utilize pharmacological agents to induce behavior that resembles symptoms of schizophrenic. NMDA antagonists, e.g. ketamine, have been reported to induce positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia in animals. Typical and atypical antipsychotics vary in their ability to attenuate ketamine-induced deficits in the rodent. In particular, atypical antipsychotics, e.g. clozapine, appear more suitable for treating ketamine-induced deficits in prepulse inhibition of the startle response (a measure of sensorimotor gating) than typical antipsychotics, e.g. haloperidol. However, fewer studies have used complex operant procedures to measure differences in the efficacy to block ketamines disruption between the two types of antipsychotics. The current study aimed to investigate the extent to which clozapine and haloperidol attenuate disruption caused by acute ketamine in BALB/c mice. Subjects learned a multiple schedule incremental repeated acquisition (IRA) procedure. A dose of 30 mg/kg ketamine was administered alone and with clozapine or haloperidol pretreatment. Results showed that ketamine alone severely disrupted responding in both components of the IRA procedure. Clozapine attenuated ketamine-induced deficits to a marginally greater extent than haloperidol, but recovery was only partial. The present findings tentatively support literature proposing reduced cognitive disruption by atypical antipsychotics relative to typical antipsychotics in rodent models of schizophrenia.
 
8. Some Behavioral Effects of Mefloquine on Schedule-Controlled Responding in the Rat
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
ERIN N. ROBY (Allegheny College), Alexis E. Crump (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College)
Abstract: The behavioral effects of Mefloquine (MFQ) were compared with those of Phencyclidine (PCP), Ketamine, Dizocilpine (MK-801), and NMDA in rats responding under a fixed interval (FI) schedule of food presentation. A low dose of MFQ did not alter response rates relative to saline values. However, intermediate doses of MFQ produced marginal increases in response rates. At the highest dose, MFQ generated a marked reduction in responding. Lower doses of the Dissociative Anesthetic, PCP produced dose-related increases in overall response rates as compared to saline control rates. Intermediate to high doses substantially suppressed responding relative to control levels. The remaining Dissociative Anesthetics Ketamine and Dizocilpine engendered similar patterns of behavioral disruption with Dizocilpine about 10 times more potent than PCP and Ketamine substantially less potent than PCP. NMDA, on the other hand produced dose-related decreases in overall rates of responding.
 
9. Anti-Anxiety Drug Ameliorates Negative Incentive Shift-Induced Attack in Pigeons
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
ANDREW T. FOX (The University of Kansas), Stephen Fowler (The University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Chronic aberrant behavior, such as aggression, stereotypy, or self-injury, is frequently observed among individuals with developmental disabilities. Functional analyses of these behaviors often indicate that they are maintained by escape from task demands or otherwise undesirable conditions. Anecdotal evidence, survey data, and laboratory studies have indicated that transitions between more-and-less desirable scenarios may be particularly likely to evoke chronic aberrant behavior. In an animal model of these "rich-to-lean" transitions, pigeons key-pecked in two multiple-schedule components according to identical fixed-ratio requirements with different reinforcer magnitudes. During probe sessions, a mirror was present in the operant chamber and aggression toward the other pigeon was measured using force transducers placed behind the mirror. Fixed-ratio pausing was longest during rich-to-lean transitions in all 4 pigeons and attack behavior was highest during these transitions in 3 of 4 pigeons. Triazolam, a short-acting sedative-hypnotic of the benzodiazepine class, reduced attack behavior at moderate doses in those same 3 pigeons.
 
10. College Students Delay Discounting of Caffeine and Money
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
SHEA M. LEMLEY (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas), Michael Sofis (The University of Kansas), Jennifer L. Hudnall (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Delay discounting is a change in the subjective value of a commodity as a result of a delay to its receipt. Previous studies have shown that individuals discount consumable commodities (e.g., sex, drugs, etc.) more rapidly than money, yet the relative discounting of caffeine and money remains unknown. The current study measured delay discounting of caffeine and money in a sample of college students. Participants were enrolled in applied behavioral science undergraduate classes at a large Midwestern university. Upon arrival to the lab, participants received a questionnaire where they reported preferred caffeinated beverage, frequency of caffeine consumption, and an equivalency value regarding how many caffeinated beverages would be worth $100 to them. Each participants preferred caffeinated beverage and equivalency value were used to create a customized caffeine delay discounting form based on the Kirby delay discounting task. After completing unrelated computerized tasks, participants completed the customized caffeine discounting form and the standard Kirby discounting form in a paper and pencil format. Data show differential rates of delay discounting across commodities, with participants discounting delayed caffeine at higher rates than delayed money.
 
11. Diurnal Activity Under Chronic Ethanol Administration in Rhesus Monkeys
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
ANGELES PEREZ-PADILLA (Oregon Health & Science University, Universidad Nacional de Educacion a Distancia  ), Henryk Urbanski (Oregon Health & Science University), Christa Helms (Oregon Health & Science University), Kathleen A. Grant (Oregon Health & Science University  )
Abstract: Behavioral interaction of physical activity and ethanol has been observed repeatedly in both humans and animals models however mechanism responsible remains unclear. Our current research analyzes the voluntary activity level and the voluntary ethanol consumption using oral ethanol self-administration in nonhuman primate model. Adult experimental rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) were given access to ethanol 22h/day (n=11). We observed that higher-moderate monkeys drinkers maintained more activity level than lower and control monkeys during the diurnal period and also, during first ethanol two hours and half interval. The data suggest that activity level before could somehow be a good preceptor of later ethanol consumption.
 
12. The Neurobehavioral Effects of Chronic Atrazine Exposure
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
JENNIFER L. WALTERS (Western Michigan University), Eric Harvey (Western Michigan University), Rachel Burroughs (Western Michigan University), Shelly Hunt (Western Michigan University), Lisa E. Baker (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Atrazine is an herbicide used extensively worldwide to control broadleaf and grassy weeds on crops such as corn, sorghum, and sugarcane. Currently, the adverse effects of this herbicide on human health are not fully understood. Numerous studies utilizing animal models of human exposure have clearly demonstrated atrazine to be an endocrine disrupter, altering hormone functions and having various harmful reproductive effects. There is a paucity of research on the neurobehavioral effects of chronic developmental atrazine exposure. The aim of this study was to investigate the effects of environmentally relevant levels of atrazine exposure on rodent learning, memory, and motor coordination. Male and female Sprague-Dawley rats were mated and upon detection of the vaginal plug indicating pregnancy, 12 dams were randomly assigned to one of three treatment groups. They received daily oral feedings of corn oil or atrazine (100 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg) suspended in corn oil throughout pregnancy and lactation. Within 1 to 2 days of birth, pups were culled to 5 males and 5 females per litter. Upon weaning, the offspring continued daily corn oil or atrazine feedings for an additional five months. Beginning at postnatal day (PND) 30, the offspring were subjected to a series of behavioral assays, including locomotor activity assessments, a walking-beam task, and an operant spatial discrimination/reversal task. Additionally, blood samples were collected on PND 21 and serum was analyzed for testosterone and estrogen. Preliminary results from this ongoing study have revealed increased stereotypy and horizontal activity at 1 month of age in both males and females exposed to 100 mg/kg atrazine compared to controls. Measures of reproductive hormones on PND 21 showed 10 mg/kg atrazine increased serum estradiol and testosterone concentrations in females and increased estradiol concentrations in males. Although the behavioral consequences of these hormonal effects have yet to be determined, these preliminary data provide evidence that developmental exposure to atrazine might pose some risks in mammals.
 
13. Social Transmission of Food Preference: Scopolamine Effects
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
Julio Cesar Venegas-Perez (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Jose Eduardo Perez-Reyes (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Veronica Viviana Romero-Luna (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Gabriela Diaz-Palacios (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Maria Guadalupe Ortega-Saavedra (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Angela Maria Hermosillo-Garcia (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), J.C. PEDRO ARRIAGA-RAMIREZ (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract: Social transmission of food preference is a procedure in which a demonstrator rat influences a naive rat to prefer a novel taste of food. This procedure has been described as an example of declarative memory. Scopolamine has been found to produce an interference with memory consolidation with different procedures. In this work we studied the effect of scopolamine on recall of trials of social transmission of food preference. Fifteen male Long Evans rats were assigned to three groups. In the control group, subjects were given five trials of food demonstration with three different flavors of food; the saline group was treated as the control group except that an ip saline injection was administered after demonstrations; in the scopolamine group an 8 mg/kg ip dose was administered after demonstrations. Results showed that scopolamine reduced the proportion of trials in which food preference was transmitted to observers. An ANOVA test revealed a significant effect of group F (2, 12) = 4.243, p = .040. A post hoc Bonferroni test revealed a reliable difference between the saline group and the scopolamine group, p = .049. This result showed that scopolamine interfered with the recall of trials of social transmission of food preference.
 
14. Employment-Based Reinforcement of Opiate and Cocaine Abstinence in Out-of-Treatment Injection Drug Users
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
AUGUST F. HOLTYN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Mikhail Koffarnus (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Anthony DeFulio (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology), Eric C. Strain (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Robert P. Schwartz (Friends Research Institute), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract: The present study examined the use of employment-based abstinence reinforcement contingencies in out-of-treatment injection drug users. Participants (n=33) could work in the Therapeutic Workplace, a model employment-based program for drug addiction, for 4 hr every weekday for 30 weeks and could earn about $10 per hr. During a 4-week induction, participants only had to work to earn pay. After induction, access to the workplace was contingent on enrollment in methadone treatment. After participants met the methadone contingency for three weeks, participants had to provide opiate-negative urine samples to maintain maximum pay. After participants met those contingencies for three weeks, participants had to provide opiate- and cocaine-negative urine samples. The percentage of drug-negative urine samples remained stable until the abstinence reinforcement contingency for each drug was applied. The percentage of opiate- and cocaine-negative urine samples increased abruptly and significantly after the opiate and cocaine abstinence contingencies, respectively, were applied. Employment-based abstinence reinforcement can increase opiate and cocaine abstinence among out-of-treatment injection drug users.
 
15. Effects of Pramipexole on Repeated Acquisition Performance in Long-Evans Rats
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
MOLLY BARLOW (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Mark A. Vandon Avond (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Amy R. Johnson (Virginia Commonwealth University), Carlee A. Toddes (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Katelyn J. Olson (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), David C. Jewett (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: Pramipexole is a dopamine agonist used clinically to treat Parkinson's disease and restless leg syndrome. We used a three-step repeated acquisition paradigm to test the effects of pramipexole on error rates in eight Long-Evans rats. During training sessions, subjects were required to emit a specific sequence of responses from a set of three response alternatives. The sequence of correct responses changed daily and error rates measured. Once stable performance on the sequences was established (error rates +/- 10% of the mean), the sequence that produced the lowest error rate (easy) and the sequence that produced the highest error rate (difficult) was determined for each subject and pramipexole tested under these sequences. Pramipexole was administered to the subjects subcutaneously using 2% dimethyl sulfoxide as a vehicle. Under easy sequence conditions, overall error rates for the session were significantly higher than control rates following 0.01 - 0.1 mg/kg pramipexole. In the difficult sequence, the overall error rates for the session were significantly higher than control error rates following 0.1 mg/kg pramipexole. The error rates in the easy sequence were affected at smaller doses than the error rates in the difficult sequence.
 
16. Chronic Exposure to Cocaine in Adolescence Alters Performance on Fixed- and Progressive-Ratio Schedules in Mice
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
STEVEN R BOOMHOWER (Auburn University), Derek Pope (Auburn University), Kathryn Teixeira (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: Adolescence is characterized by profound changes in the nervous system, increased susceptibility to drugs of abuse, and heightened levels of impulsivity. Further, fixed-ratio (FR) and progressive-ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement can characterize behavioral alterations that may result from exposure to substances of abuse, such as cocaine. In the current study, 21 C57BL/6 mice were exposed chronically to 30 mg/kg/day cocaine (n=11) or saline vehicle (n=10) for 14 consecutive days during adolescence. Eight months following exposure, responding was placed under seven FR schedules (FR 1-590) and then a PR schedule. Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement was applied to response-rate functions of individual mice from both schedules. According to the FR model, the rate parameter (lambda) was higher for cocaine compared to saline mice. For the PR model, cocaine mice had lower pause proportions (k) and were quicker to make a response (delta) than saline mice. These results support the notion that adolescence is a vulnerable period and that pharmacological insults during this epoch have far-reaching effects.
 
17. Identifying Mechanisms Which Underly the Reinforcing Effect of Nicotine Using a Condition Place Preference Assay in Adult Zebrafish
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
ALISTAIR BROCK (Queen Mary, University of London), Matthew Parker (Queen Mary, University of London), Robert Walton (Barts and the London, University of London), Caroline H. Brennan (Queen Mary University of London)
Abstract: Drug addiction is one of the leading preventable causes of adult mortality in the world today, however genetic factors that contribute to these disorders remain poorly understood. Since basic neurophysiological processes are highly conserved between species, zebrafish models present a powerful method for identifying key gene variants affecting complex behaviors. Established behavioural assays of drug seeking, compulsive drug taking and relapse in adults, coupled with the vast genetic toolset available, make zebrafish an ideal model for identifying genes which contribute to addictive disorders. To explore this possibility, populations of fish were screened over three generations in a condition placed preference assay to nicotine. Over three generations of selective breeding, the reinforcing potential of nicotine was shown to be a highly heritable trait (effect size = 1.2). This shows zebrafish may be a useful model in screening for genetic variants that cause subtle changes in complex behaviours. Now mutant lines with distinct behavioral phenotypes have been established, it has been possible to establish molecular mechanisms by which nicotine reinforcement occurs in zebrafish. Ultimately this may help to fully understand how drugs with abuse potential abuse hijack the reward systems.
 
18. Modulation of NMDA-antagonist Effects by Degree of Stimulus Control
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
MELISSA DEAL (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Danielle Panoz-Brown (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Amy McClanahan (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Drug effects are often portrayed as straight-forward and easily categorized in terms of pharmacological properties. However, drug effects often depend upon features of the behavior that is being measured including the baseline levels of the behavior. The current study was designed to assess the modulating effects of the degree of stimulus control in an incrementing non-matching-to-sample procedure: the Odor Span Task (OST) and the effects of an NMDA-antagonist, dizocilpine (DZP). Subjects were three male Sprague-Dawley rats trained on the OST until stability criteria were met. Degree of stimulus control was manipulated by varying the number of comparison stimuli present in the testing arena on a given trial. Preliminary results indicate that the degree of stimulus control mediates the effects of DZP. Lower degrees of stimulus control reveal drug impairment at lower doses, while impairment with a higher degree of stimulus control did not occur until higher doses of DZP were administered.
 
19. Effects of Rearing Conditions on Persistence for Differential Alcohol Reinforcer Rates.
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
DIANA CORTÉS- PATIÑO (Universidade de São Paulo), Catalina Serrano (Universidade de São Paulo), Miriam Garcia-Mijares (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract: Social conditions during rearing have shown to affect adult alcohol consumption, however, few experiments had explored the effects of rearing conditions on other behaviors related to alcohol dependence, like persistence of alcohol seeking. This experiment compared the effects of isolation (ISO) and interaction (INT) rearing on persistence for different alcohol reinforcement rates during extinction. Rats were trained to respond for a 10% alcohol solution in an operant chamber; then were exposed to a multiple schedule of reinforcement arranging a higher rate of alcohol delivery in the presence of one stimulus (rich component, variable interval 15s), and a lower rate of delivery in the presence of another stimulus (lean component, variable interval 45s). Then, response was disrupted by extinction for three consecutive days. Both groups showed higher response rates in the rich component during baseline, but ISO rats responded significantly more than INT rats in both components (p < .001). Persistence during extinction sessions in rich and lean components was higher for ISO rats than for INT rats (p < .05). The results confirmed that social isolation increased alcohol consumption and demonstrated that it also affects other aspects of operant behavior maintained by alcohol, as seeking and dependence.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #465
EAB Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
20. An Examination of the Potential Reinforcing Effects of Aversive Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
IOANNIS ANGELAKIS (Panteion University)
Abstract: Some individuals repeatedly engage in behaviors that may produce pain or other aversive stimulation (e.g., self harming). However, the process by which these behaviors are reinforced often is unclear. This study examined how an aversive stimulus could be conditioned as a reinforcer to discern the underlying operative process. Participants were exposed to a 72 DB tone, which all rated as aversive. Next, they were required to play a computerized game in which mouse clicks on a map produced “treasures” or “bombs.” Participants were told that bombs could be “disabled” for periods of 9 sec by pressing a foot pedal. However, each pedal press produced the aversive tone. Rates of pedal pressing remained high across sessions. Next, participants were told that bombs had been disabled. Pedal presses produced the sound in some sessions and no sound in others. Rates of pedal pressing maintained when the sound was produced; however, pedal pressing eventually ceased when the tone was not produced. Follow-up measures indicated that 90% of the participants still rated the tone as aversive. These findings suggest that the aversive stimulus functioned as a positive reinforcer, given that participants chose to produce the sound even when it did not abate punishing contingencies.
 
21. A Multimodal Investigation of Human Avoidance, Perceived Threat, and Emotion
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MADONNA L. LUDLUM (University of North Texas), Scott Solomon (University Of North Texas), Sandy Magee (University of North Texas), Simon Dymond (Swansea University), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Avoidance paradigms are widely used in basic and clinical investigations on emotional disorders to understand the interplay between threat (i.e., stimuli correlated with aversive events), emotion and approach/avoidance behavior. One issue that has received increasing attention in clinical affective neuroscience research concerns the extent to which engaging in avoidance is associated with reductions in fear/anxiety---commonly indexed using subjective ratings and autonomic arousal measures (i.e. skin-conductance responses: SCRs). We examined this issue by first having subjects undergo threat conditioning in which levels on a threat meter (ranging from 1 to 10) were paired with increasing probabilities of money loss. Increases in the threat level were found to be associated with incremental increases in ratings of feeling threatened, loss expectancy and SCRs. During a subsequent avoidance task, threat levels were individually presented and subjects chose between (a) avoiding possible loss and (b) earning 10 cents + possible loss. Results showed increases in the threat level were associated with increases in the choice to avoid. However, there was marked variability across subjects with some continuing to show increases in ratings of feeling threatened and SCRs while others showed some reductions. These findings highlight important individual differences that are relevant to research on factors associated with risk of psychopathology.

 
22. Competition Between Appetitive and Aversive Contingencies: Implications for Understanding Excessive Avoidance and Threat Bias in Psychopathology.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SCOTT SOLOMON (University Of North Texas), Madonna L. Ludlum (University of North Texas), Sandy Magee (University of North Texas), Simon Dymond (Swansea University), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Many forms of psychopathology are characterized by a negative bias and excessive avoidance which are commonly attributed to an imbalance between approach and avoidance neural systems. We have proposed that negative bias and avoidance may be better understood in terms of a competition between appetitive and aversive contingencies with dysfunction represented as disproportionate aversive control. To examine this competition, our subjects first underwent threat conditioning in which levels on a threat meter (ranging from 1 to 10) were paired with increasing probabilities of money loss. Next, subjects completed an approach-avoidance task where threat levels were individually presented and subjects chose between (a) avoiding possible loss and (b) earning 10 cents + possible loss. Results showed increases in the threat level were associated with increases in the choice to avoid and ratings of feeling threatened, but also loss expectancy. Importantly, an indifference point was obtained for each subject that highlighted the threat level associated with a shift in control from the appetitive to the aversive contingency. This methodology provides a (much needed) quantitative measure of threat bias and creates an opportunity for examining variables designed to reduce bias and associated imbalances.

 
23. The Effect of Cost of Response on Resources Usage on a Common Dilemma Game
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DYEGO DE CARVALH COSTA (Universida de Brasilia; Universidade Estadual do Piaui), Patricia Luz de Sousa (Universidade Estadual do Piaui), Jocyara Oliveria (Universidade Estadual do Piaui)
Abstract: Hardin (1968) proposed a theory called Tragedy of commons to describe overexploitation of natural resources. These theory suggest that the overexploitation and consequente depleting is controlled by individual consequences. In despite of that, the resources usage is obviously a social behavior. To study that some researcher had studied the field putting together the behavior analysis theory and a game called The Common Dilemma Game of Games Theory. In the same way of Silva (2008), this work manipulated the cost of response as independent variable to decrease this unwanted effect. The game used a fishing scenario with groups of three persons. Each one of them had to choose between three options. One with the biggest cost and consequence (green), another with a small cost and medium amount of points (yellow) e with no cost with the smallest amount of points (red). The cost was manipulated in two different experiments. In experiment 1, the cost was a Tangran game. So to get points they had to finish a tangran that varies of difficulty from one to three, based in number of turns by peace (Effort cost). In Experiment 2, the cost was a payment of part of participants points earned previously (Economy cost). In Experiment 1 the effort was very effective in exert control to avoid the most costly option even when this includes avoiding the more amount of points. The cost was so aversive that to avoid it the participants choose the worst option for the environment finishing the resources with few trials. In Experiment 2, the avoidance was also produced. But in this experiment, the participants analyzed the combinations of earnings and payment to choose, so the cost one was ineffective and cost two had the same result for two of three participants of the experiment 1. In cost three the avoidance produced similar data with effort cost of experiment 1. The two experiment demonstrated the aversive properties of two different kinds of cost, and also that the tangran cost was more effective and aversive that economic cost. These results suggest that physical cost could produce more balanced resources usage and could be used as a consequence like some physical activities to help the resources replenishment as recycling, plant and littering.
 
24. Avoidance of Token-Losses with Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMES E. COOK (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The delivery and loss of tokens can respectively reinforce and punish behavior, but little research has examined behavior that avoids or escapes the loss of tokens (e.g., money) though such contingencies exist in everyday life (e.g., avoiding fines). Humans will respond to avoid the loss of tokens, but there has been no such demonstration using nonhuman animals. Four pigeons responded in a two-component multiple schedule (Avoid and Gain components). Initially, responding was maintained in both components by a variable-ratio (VR) 4 (variable-interval [VI] 30-s) schedule of token exchange and production. Then in the Avoid component, pigeons were given tokens and required to respond on a variable-cycle (VC) 30-s schedule to avoid the removal of tokens. Responding was maintained in the Avoid component for all pigeons. Implementing extinction (EXT) in the Gain component resulted in decreased responding in both components. When the VR 4 (VI 30-s) schedule was reinstated in the Gain component, responding increased in the Gain component but remained low in the Avoid component. These data indicate that the responding of nonhuman animals can be maintained by the avoidance of token-losses, and when arranged in a multiple schedule, avoidance responding can be affected by changes in another component.
 
25. Effect of Timeout Duration on Discriminated Avoidance Behavior in Humans
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YUKO KOSHITSUKA (Komazawa University), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University)
Abstract: This experiment investigated whether human avoidance responses were affected by long and short duration of timeout in discriminated avoidance procedure. While participants engaged in button press responses which were reinforced by points with variable-interval (VI) 10 s schedules, different duration of timeouts were emerged. Three kinds of timeout duration were 10 s, 30 s, and 60 s, and each was designated by the colors of VI button: green, orange, and red respectively. Timeouts could be removed if participants pressed avoidance button at least once during each VI time-in period. For participants in two of the three groups, each response on the avoidance button yielded one point or ten point loss as a response cost, and for the rest of participants responses produced no point loss. As a result, avoidance responses occurred frequently when the colors of the VI button represented 30 s and 60 s of timeout duration, and few responses occurred when the color of VI button was green (10s timeout). In addition, participants showed the highest sensitivity to each of three discriminative stimuli under one point loss condition.
 
26. Are Rich-to-Lean Transitions Aversive?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BILLIE J. KLEIN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Pausing during fixed-ratio schedules is maladaptive in the sense that it delays reinforcement. Pausing following reinforcement is especially pronounced during signaled transitions from relatively rich to relatively lean environments. One potential explanation of this extended pause is that such transitions are aversive, and the extended pause functions as escape. The presented study investigated the extended pause demonstrated on multiple fixed-ratio schedules during rich-to-lean transitions, using pigeons as subjects. During the multiple schedule each transition type was signaled by a unique stimulus, allowing for an independent investigation into the function of each transition type. Additionally, during some sessions pigeons were provided a stimulus-termination key. A response to this key changed the schedule key from a multiple-schedule stimulus, which signaled the upcoming transition, to a mixed-schedule stimulus, which did not signal the upcoming transition. Responding during the initial multiple-schedule demonstrated extended pausing during rich-to-lean transitions suggesting an aversive nature of the stimulus signaling a rich-to-lean transition. Continued investigation into responding on an available stimulus-termination key aims to clarify the nature of the rich-to-lean stimulus. If responding were maintained by termination of this stimulus, but not of stimuli signaling other transition types, additional support for the aversive transition hypothesis would be provided.
 
27. The Effects of Varying Levels of Food Deprivation on Escape and Avoidance Responding in Mice
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno), Glory R. Finnegan (University of Nevada, Reno), Sarah Hogue (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Motivating operations (MOs) are typically held to alter the extent to which specific stimuli are reinforcing or aversive, which is correlated with changes in an organism’s behavior with respect to those specific stimuli as consequences. It is likely, however, that any given MO affects the reinforcing/punishing efficacy of a wide range of reinforcers and/or aversive stimuli. The present study examined whether the MO of food deprivation, which establishes food as a more effective reinforcer, also alters the extent to which other stimuli function as aversive. Mice were taught to respond on a nose poke apparatus to escape or avoid the presentation of a loud noise in a signaled avoidance procedure, and the rate of responding to terminate or avoid the noise was taken as a measure of the noise’s efficacy as an aversive stimulus. Relative to sessions in which subjects were not deprived of food, substantially more escape/avoidance responses were made during sessions in which subjects were deprived of food for either 16 or 24 hours. These findings suggest that, in addition to altering the value of food as a reinforcer, food deprivation also alters the extent to which noise functions as an aversive stimulus.
 
28. Discrimination Acquisition Rate of Complex and Simple Stimuli in Pigeon Subjects
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
REBECCA HOTCHKISS (Fordham University)
Abstract: Stimuli differ in their simplicity or, conversely, complexity. Carter and Eckerman (1975) researched matching to sample acquisition based on stimuli complexity and found that there was no difference in rate of learning between the two. But information theory (Jensen, Ward, Balsam, 2013) quantifies the idea that complex stimuli contain more information than simple stimuli. Thus with more information it should be easier for the organism to distinguish between complex stimuli rather than between simple stimuli. Two experiments were conducted to investigate the application of this theory to discrimination training in pigeons. The first experiment compared the rate of learning identity matching to sample using colors with the rate of learning symbolic matching to sample using clip art as samples and different clip art as comparisons. A second experiment compared acquisition of discrimination between simple stimuli, shapes, with acquisition of a discrimination between complex stimuli, shapes superimposed over photographs. Both experiments found that discriminations using complex stimuli were acquired at a faster rate than discrimination among simple stimuli, which contradicts previous research that had reverse findings. The present results support the information theory as applied to discrimination learning, where the more information provided by a stimulus allows for a faster learning.
 
29. Exclusion Performance and Emergent Simple Discriminations in Domestic Dogs (Canis Familiaris)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ISABELA ZAINE (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Camila Domeniconi (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: Investigation of emergent behaviors in non-human animals may lead to evidence of symbolic behavior in non-verbal organisms. This study aimed to investigate exclusion performance and emergent simple discriminations after visual simple simultaneous discrimination trainings (S+/S-) in four adult domestic dogs. Exclusion was inferred by tests of: 1) choices between the S- set and undefined stimuli (SI); 2) choices between the S+ and another set of undefined stimuli (SI). Choices of SI in test type 1 and S+ in test 2 simultaneously indicate exclusion performance. Trials between SI and SI tested for emergent simple discriminations in which choices of SI indicate emergent repertoire resultant from exclusion trials. Training was conducted in 2 blocks of 6 different pairs of stimuli each. After each training block, 2 cycles of tests were conducted, being the first comprised by 6 trials different from each other, and the second repeated those trials. Exclusion was found for 3 subjects considering training blocks separately or pooled and for all subjects analyzing just cycles 1 from both trainings (Fischers test: p<0.03). Emergent simple discriminations were observed for two subjects, both in the second block of training (binomial p<0.01). Results suggest dogs performed by exclusion, but learning outcomes were not a frequent result.
 
30. The Effect of Pre-exposure to Appetitive and aversive Stimuli on Running and Eating in Activity Based Anorexia With Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANNE CASTLEY (Bryn Mawr), Paul D. Neuman (Bryn Mawr College)
Abstract: This study examined the effect of pre-exposure to aversive and appetitive stimuli on wheel rotations, food intake and weight loss. 48 Male Sprague Dawley rats at approximately 180 grams were assigned to 4 pre-exposure conditions: handling, heights, immobilization and forced running. The subjects were handled, placed in a Plexiglas box 3.5 feet above the ground, immobilized, or forced to run for 5 minutes daily during baseline. After 5 consecutive days of baseline, the ABA phase began, consisting of restricted food and wheel access until subjects reached 75% of their baseline weight. During the ABA procedure, half of these subjects were randomly selected for continued exposure to the assigned condition while the other half were exposed to ABA only. Once the subjects reached the exclusion criterion of 75% of their baseline weight, they were presented with free access to food and the running wheels were locked. The amount of food consumed, wheel rotations and weight loss during the ABA phase differed based on pre-exposure to the various conditions. These results could be applied to treating people with anorexia nervosa.
 
31. Symmetry in Rats: A Matter of Procedure?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ASHLEY PRICHARD (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Danielle Panoz-Brown (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katie Dyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Samantha Hess (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Erin Lackey (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melissa Deal (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: The process of category and class formation via trained conditional discriminations facilitates the study of emergent relations, especially related to stimulus equivalence in nonhumans. While most studies of emergent symmetry in nonhumans have yielded negative results (see Lionello-DeNolf, 2009 for review), symmetry has been demonstrated in pigeons using visual stimuli in a Go-No-Go procedure (Frank & Wasserman, 2005; Urcuioli, 2008 and subsequent studies). We attempted to replicate Urcuiolis (2008) study in Sprague-Dawley rats in an automated olfactometer using scents as stimuli and comparisons. Fourteen rats were trained initially on either identity or arbitrary conditional discriminations or a mixture of both types. Few rats met baseline criteria in order to be tested for symmetry, and rats that did showed no emergence of symmetry. Procedural parameters were modified (i.e., decreased ITI and increased sample and comparison exposure to FI10) to examine whether these changes facilitate learning. Additionally, we also tested generalization of identity match-to-sample to evaluate training methods.
 
32. The Illusion of Control in Slot Machine Gambling: A Comparative Survey
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KIMBERLY LOUDERMILK (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: There has been a recent trend in behavior analysis has been to focus on gambling research. To help identify potential topics for investigation, the current study polled individuals as to various elements of slot machine gaming and their beliefs on how they operate. In particular, we focused on the illusion of control, in which the gambler endorses an ability to have some influence over the outcome of the gamble either directly (e.g., how the gamble) or indirectly (e.g., when or where they gamble). Two samples were polled; a university sample and an internet-based sample. Results are compared between and within each group. Results show that, typically, students responded similarly to the internet-based sample and that there were definite areas of concern that would be of interest to the gambling researcher. Results are discussed in light of future directions and the generalizability of results from studies with students to the general population.
 
33. Does the Internet Addiction Test Predict Impulsiveness in Temporal Discounting of Non-Essential Internet Access?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ELWYN MARTIN (Eastern Oregon University), Charles A. Lyons (Eastern Oregon University)
Abstract: Impulsiveness has been proposed as a defining factor of addiction in studies of temporal discounting of addictive commodities. The Internet Addiction Test (I.A.T; Young, 1998) purports to be a reliable and valid measure of addictive use of the Internet. The current study accessed temporal discounting in a series of hypothetical choices involving non-essential Internet access available immediately or after one of six delays. College students ages 18 - 38 completed an online procedure involving temporal discounting of both money ($50 – $6000) and non-essential Internet access (5 minutes – 600 minutes). Initial results reveal sharper discounting (as measured by area under the curve) for non-essential Internet access than for money in delay periods up to one year (p < .001). The I.A.T did not strongly predict the rate of discounting (r = .13) for non-essential Internet access. To the extent that Internet addiction may be reflected by impulsiveness in temporal discounting, we conclude the I.A.T remains unverified as a predictive tool.
 
34. The Analysis of Choice Behavior in Multi-Stage Gambles
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
XIAOTING SHI (Keio University), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University), Takahide Omori (Keio University)
Abstract:

According to expected utility theory, there should be no preference between gambles that have identical outcomes. However, we sometimes see a preference due to random features of gambling�for example, the order of probabilities. In present study, subjects made 96 choices on a computer between two alternatives. Each consisted of two stages leading with equal joint probability to identical outcomes. In one alternative, the first stage offered higher probability of winning than the second stage. In the other, the first stage offered lower probability than the second. We didn�t tell subjects in advance about the probability of alternatives. There were two conditions, with an ITI in use and without ITI. The function of the ITI was to equate between alternative reinforce rates, and its duration was longer if the subjects didn�t win the first stage than if they won. Blackout was presented during the ITI. As a result, there was no preference between the alternatives without ITI. However, with ITI the subjects preferred the alternative in which the earlier stage had higher probability. The subjects may dislike the alternative with the lower probability in the first stage because they met the longer ITI more times than the other alternative.

 
35. Effects of Stimulus Characteristics on Stimulus Overselectivity
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TAKAMITSU OKUYAMA (Hosei University), Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University)
Abstract: Stimulus overselectivity refers to the phenomenon whereby stimulus control over behavior is exerted only by a limited subset of the total stimuli. It is displayed not only by individuals with autism but also by normal adults. Previous studies of animals indicated that responses are controlled by strong stimulus characteristics. These effects are commonly known as the overshadowing effect and history effect. The control variables of stimulus overselectivity in humans are not clear. This study investigated the impact of stimulus that emphasized certain characteristics on stimulus overselectivity. Four university students participated. All the participants were trained on delayed identity matching to sample task, and then tested in three conditions. They were given tests with stimuli that emphasized size, difference, and history. The results indicated that overselectivity is controlled by the stimulus characteristics. All four participants showed stimulus overselectivity in the test using stimulus that emphasized size. The same was true for two participants in the test with stimulus that emphasized difference and for three participants in the test with stimulus that emphasized history. Thus, we considered that the control variables of stimulus overselectivity are the overshadowing effect and history effect.
 
36. Fixed-interval pause duration in chained fixed-ratio, fixed-interval schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LUCAS COUTO DE CARVALHO (Oslo and Akershus University College), Joao Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia), Kalliu Couto (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract: Ten rats were submitted to chained fixed-ratio (FR), fixed-interval (FI) schedules of reinforcement. A FR schedule at one lever produced a discriminative stimulus associated with a FI 60-s schedule of primary reinforcement (water) at the second response lever. In Experiment 1, the FI schedule was kept constant while the FR requirement was changed from one to seven responses under five different experimental conditions for five rats. Increases in the FR requirement resulted in increases in postreinforcement pauses but also decreases in pauses in the FI schedule. Using another five rats, Experiment 2 tested the hypothesis that short pauses in the FI schedule result from the use of the chained schedules procedure. Baseline was a FI 80-s schedule. In the second condition, chained FR 1 FI 80-s schedules were programmed. The third condition was a return to baseline. In baselines 1 and 2, the FI pause was compatible with the literature but decreased considerably when a chained schedule was used. The present results support the hypothesis that the time between primary reinforcement presentations dominates the control of FI pauses over control by the onset of a discriminative stimulus.
 
37. The Analysis of University students’ Verbal Behaviors in CMC and FtF
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YUKIKO TAKEUCHI (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University)
Abstract: The present study aimed to compare the effects of two kinds of communication modes on university students’ verbal behaviors. The two kinds of communication modes were computer-mediated communication (CMC) and face-to-face communication (FtF). The participants were five students and they were paired and exposed to the two communication modes. The topic of each communication came from a picture book. The dependent variables were the participants’ verbal behaviors during each of the communication modes. The verbal behaviors were analyzed based on Skinner’s viewpoint on human verbal behaviors. The results showed that the communication modes evoked much verbal behaviors of each participant based on her partner’s verbal issues irrelevant to the content of the picture book. The number of words per statement was the same in the two communication modes; however, the number of conversation cycles and that of topics of the participants’ conversations in CMC were fewer than in FtF. Although in CMC the participants tacted the content of the picture book, they tacted issues in FtF, irrelevant to the picture book. In conclusion, analyzing verbal behaviors during the communication modes based on behavior analytic view is an efficient way for understanding specific effects of the communication modes on human behaviors.
 
38. Temporal Control in Signaled Response-Initiated Fixed-Interval Schedules: Aggregated and Single-Trial Analyses
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ADAM E. FOX (St. Lawrence University), Dwight Lastinger (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Five pigeons were exposed to 15- and 30-s fixed-interval (FI), response-initiated fixed-interval (RIFI), and signaled response-initiated fixed-interval (SRIFI) schedules of reinforcement. Conditions were arranged using a multiple schedule in which the FI schedule was always yoked to either the RIFI or SRIFI schedule to equate interreinforcement intervals in the two schedule types. To measure temporal control, one of every five trials was a “peak” trial in which no food was delivered. Response rates were higher in RIFI schedules than in the other schedule types. Normalized mean response-rate gradients and single-trial start and stop times indicated that timing accuracy was similar in all three schedule types, but timing precision was best in the FI schedules, worst in the RIFI schedules, and in between in the SRIFI schedules.
 
39. Sensory Preconditioning in Partial Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GABRIEL VELAZQUEZ GONZALEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), Oscar Garcia Leal (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract: It has been reported that the stimulus-stimulus contingency is an important factor in associative learning. Nevertheless, some studies in the area of partial reinforcement in Pavlovian conditioning have shown contradictory results. Therefore, it is proposed to indirectly assess the learning of an association between stimuli using a sensory preconditioning task. In the first phase, three groups of female rats were exposed to a serial compound of neutral stimuli (AB). In the second phase, one group (Continuous Group) was exposed to a continuous reinforcement schedule (B+), whereas the other two groups received partial reinforcement (B+, B–): for one group (Addition Group) nonreinforced trials were added to the continuous reinforcement schedule, and for other group (Subtraction Group) reinforcers were removed from the continuous reinforcement schedule. In the test phase responding to stimulus A was examined. Stimuli A and B were counterbalanced. In the second phase, subjects in the Continuous Group responded more than subjects in the groups exposed to partial reinforcement. However, in the test phase Continuous and Addition Groups responded more than subjects in the Subtraction Group. These results suggest that the learning of an association between stimuli depends on the stimulus-stimulus contingency and the number of reinforced trials.
 
40. Operant Variation and Learning of Difficult Sequences: Effects of Instructions and Baseline Variation Levels
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRUNO ANGELO STRAPASSON (Universidade Federal do Paraná), Maria Helena Leite Hunziker (Universidade de São Paulo)
Abstract: Neuringer (2009) suggested that some discrepancies between humans and nonhumans in studies of operant variability can be due, at last partially, to the content of instructions provided to the humans. This experiment investigated this supposition by asking some participants to find out what they need to do to produce reinforcement while asking other simply to gain reinforcement. Twenty eight students were randomly distributed into two groups and exposed to two phases: 1) CRF reinforcement for sequences of four key press responses (baseline); 2) concurrent reinforcement for (a) sequence variations and (b) emission of a low probability sequence (observed during baseline and referred to as the difficult sequence). Reinforcement would be maximized if the subject learned to emit the difficult sequence. Differential instructions were given at the beginning of Phase 2. The groups did not differ as a function of the differential instructions. However, the level of “spontaneous” variability observed during baseline was inversely related to the probability of emitting the difficult sequence during the second phase (r=-0.654, p<0.001). That is, subjects who varied the least during baseline were most likely to learn the difficult target sequence. These results did not confirm the prediction about instructional control, but they suggest that previous tendencies to vary, presumably originating in the non-experimental environment, can be an important variable determining learning of difficult sequences.
 
41. Can't Answer Response Option (CARO) Disrupts Equivalence Formation in Simultaneous Protocols using Linear-Series Training Structure
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ABDULRAZAQ A. IMAM (John Carroll University), Patricia Jimenez-Jimenez (John Carroll University)
Abstract: Simultaneous protocols and linear-series (LS) training structures typically yield poorer stimulus equivalence outcomes than other protocols and training structures commonly used in equivalence research. Additionally, participants tend to use a cant answer response option (CARO) when available rather than form equivalence classes. Fourteen undergraduate students participated. Whereas their equivalence yields were about equally poor (Fig. 1) in two conditions, one using the standard simultaneous protocol and the other using a hybrid simultaneous training and simple-to-complex testing presenting two independent groups of three three-member equivalence classes, the participants used CARO more with the standard than with the hybrid protocols (Fig. 2). The difference in CARO adoption in the standard simultaneous protocol compared to that in the hybrid simultaneous protocol was statistically significant (t(11) = 4.439, p < .001, ?2 = .64, d = 2.68). The results implicate test order effects in CARO availabilitys disruptive effects and suggest explanations for the difficulty often encountered with the simultaneous protocol.
 
42. Do Ratio Schedules Generate the Characteristic Bitonic Drinking Functions Observed in Schedule-Induced Polydipsia?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MELISSA M. M. ANDREWS (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Schedule-induced polydipsia is characterized by drinking copious amounts of water and is produced and maintained by intermittent food delivery. Typically, drinking is bitonically related to the inter-food interval (IFI) when reinforcers are delivered according to interval-based schedules (Falk, 1969). Carlisle (1971), on the other hand, showed that drinking was monotonically related to the fixed-ratio value; however the range of ratios may have been too constricted to show any existing bitonic function. The aim of the present study is to more thoroughly examine the nature of the schedule-induced drinking function when ratio contingencies (specifically large ratios) are in effect. To that end, rats lever pressed for food under a progression of fixed ratios (doubling from 1 to 256) while water was freely available. Following this, the lever was removed and the food was delivered non-contingently according to a fixed-time (FT) schedule yoked to the IFIs generated by the FR schedules. As in Carlisle (1971), the amount of water consumed tended to increase across the FR progression, while water intake across the FT progression was somewhat less consistent. The variables responsible for the shape of these functions are currently under investigation.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #466
EDC Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
43. Validation and Utility of The Autism Classroom Evaluation
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
STACY A. CLEVELAND (Marcus Autism Center), Dana Zavatkay (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Chiara M. Cunningham (Marcus Autism Center at Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Julie Eshleman (Marcus Autism Center), Lisa M. Cymbor (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Increasingly children with autism are being educated in specialized classrooms designed to be sympathetic to the needs of this population and to address the unique cluster of symptoms. A validated evaluation tool is needed to identify strengths and needs of existing educational and behavioral services at the classroom level, to ascertain what consultation and training services are necessary, and to facilitate prioritization of the services. The Autism Classroom Evaluation (ACE) was developed to meet these needs. The ACE is used to assess aspects of classroom environment, skill acquisition programming, inclusion opportunities, and behavior management strategies in each classroom. Specific aspects of 14 constructs are evaluated in accordance with standards of practice for educating children with autism. The ACE has been completed by board certified behavior analysts in 20 classrooms for children with autism in both public and private school settings. Psychometric properties of this tool including inter-rater, test-retest, parallel-forms, and internal consistency reliability will be assessed and results presented. Additional data will show the utility of the ACE as a pre and post test measure to illustrate differences between scores obtained in classrooms with didactic training only and those with extensive consultation in addition to didactic training.
 
44. Peer-Yoked Contingency and Observational Learning
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HYE-SUK LEE PARK (Kongju National University), Bongsin Kwack (Kongju National University), Heejeung Bang (Kongju National University), Myounghee Lee (Kongju National University), Sungbong Lee (Backsuk University), Hyouja Lee (Korean National University of Transportation), Jung Yeon Cho (Daegu Cyber University), Munbong Yang (Milal Special School)
Abstract: The present study tested effects of peer-yoked contingency on acquisition of observational learning. A 12-year old boy with Autism and a 12-year old boy with brain injury participated in the study. Five picture sets of five unknown items were used as stimuli. During the pre-intervention condition, participants were required to sit next to a peer who was receiving direct instruction on labeling presented stimuli, Set 1and Set 2. The experimenters provided feedback to correct or incorrect responses of the peer and tested if the participants learned the new items through observing the peer receiving instruction. Both of the participants didn't show observational learning during the pre-intervention conditions. During intervention conditions, a yoked contingency was in effect: Both of the participant and the peer should emit correct responses in order to gain an access to reinforcers. Both of the participants demonstrated observational learning with Set 1 and Set 2 after the intervention. The participants showed generalization of the behavior with Set 4 and Set 5. Key words: observational learning, peer-yoked contingency, direct instruction
 
45. The Effects of a Graphic Organizer Training Package on the Persuasive Writing of Middle School Students With Autism
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANNE BISHOP (The Ohio State University), Mary Sawyer (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Melissa Boggs (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of a graphic organizer intervention package on the quality and quantity of persuasive writing of middle school students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Quality of students? writing was measured via analytical rubric scores and correct writing sequences. Quantity was measured by assessing total words written. Students were between the ages of 12 and 14, and all four participants had been diagnosed with ASD. The intervention consisted of an examination of a model essay and graphic organizer, a demonstration of planning and writing an essay including a mini-lesson on transitions, and a guide phase in which the interventionist and student plan and write an essay together. A multiple-baseline across participants design was used to evaluate intervention effectiveness. Findings indicated that the quality and quantity of the students? persuasive writing improved as a result of the intervention in all three measurements. A graphic organizer intervention is an effective choice to improve writing quality of students with autism.
 
46. Maximizing the Effectiveness of a Parent Trainjng Program
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
ALEXIS N. BOGLIO (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center), Jamie Christman (Southwest Autism Research and Resource Center)
Abstract: Father involvement and participation is often overlooked in the literature when evaluating effectiveness of parent training programs. A twenty-five hour intensive parent training model has been demonstrated to help a primary caregiver meet a fidelity of implementation in Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT). Evaluation of fidelity scores for primary caregivers, mothers, who attend alone show lower maintenance scores at follow-up in comparison to mothers who attend with a father. In addition, fathers were able to demonstrate increased levels of fidelity over the training week through observation and not through practice with direct feedback of implementation.
 
47. In Your Own Backyard: A Collaboration Between Public School and Behavior Analysts
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Gabriel Valley (Step By Step), CHRISTINE AUSTIN (Step By Step)
Abstract: A growing trend in education services is to incorporate intensive behavioral intervention (IBI) within public schools, allowing for students to receive behavioral health services to support their educational placement. This descriptive analysis provides a comparison of 3 elementary-aged students’ baseline scores at the beginning of the 2012/2013 school year, to scores received during one-year follow-up evaluations, after receiving IBI. Comparison scores were evaluated with a language skills assessment, The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills – Revised (ABLLS-R), along with scores received on the following standardized assessments: Kaufman Assessment Battery for Children – Second Edition (KABC-2), Social Communication Questionnaire (SCQ), Pervasive Developmental Disorder Behavior Inventory (PDDBI), Scales of Independent Behavior – Revised (SIB-R), and the Parenting Relationship Questionnaire (PRQ). Scores indicate that each student showed marked advances in their verbal knowledge, either maintained or obtained slightly higher nonverbal scores, and showed a decrease in rates of impeding problem behavior. The results suggest that the use of IBI within a school setting can result in increased language development and foster academic success.
 
48. Using The Power Card Strategy To Increase Appropriate Turn-Taking in 4th Grade Students With Autism
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELA M DAUBERT (Temple University), Shana E. Hornstein (Temple University)
Abstract: Children with autism often have very narrow and special interests. This can result in a lack of variety in play for children with this diagnosis. The Power Card strategy is a visual aid that incorporates the childs special interest in teaching appropriate social interactions including routines, pro-social behaviors, the meaning of language, and the hidden curriculum (Gagnon 2001). The Power Card strategy has been successful with improving game play of a student with autism (Keeling, Smith-Myles, Gagnon & Simpson, 2003). In this study the Power Card was a small card that had a picture of the students favorite Ninja Turtle and how to complete a turn from the point of view of the character. The participants were two male students who are diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. The research question was, Will the use of the Power Card strategy increase appropriate turn taking? The Power Card increased both initiating a turn and relinquishing a turn for both students. It showed minimal results in increasing spontaneous commenting.
 
49. My Turn, Together, Your Turn: Using Direct Instruction Principles to Teach 3 Young Children With ASD to Read
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER FROSCH (Texas A&M University)
Abstract: This reading intervention study aims to determine the effectiveness of a phonics intervention using the Direct Instruction principles of My Turn, Together, Your Turn and a token economy on reading skills of 3 young children with ASD. Three students (ages 4, 5, and 6) participated in this multiple baseline across students single case research study. Kindergarten students in Texas learn about letters and letter sounds, as well as phonemic awareness skills. Instruction in these skills will be of great benefit and increase participants' literacy skills, in addition to increasing the probability of a successful transition to the primary grades. Phases included baseline, intervention, and maintenance. This reading intervention study aims to determine the effectiveness of a phonics intervention, (along with the use of a token economy) on reading skills of children with ASD. A schedule of activities and materials were presented in a visual format. Data were collected on the number of words read correctly. Specifically, the independent variable involved students blending letter sounds, which are on squares, and sounding out the words as they touched each letter. Direct Instruction procedures were followed and listed on fidelity of implementation checklists. In addition, maintenance data were collected to determine the effects of this intervention on participants' word reading abilities after the intervention is complete.
 
50. Educating Students With ASD and ADHD in the Inclusion Classroom a Research-Based Case Study
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY P. WEBER (Gonzaga University), Michaela N. Jones (Gonzaga University), Thomas Ford McLaughlin (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of a token economy on on-task behaviors by two seventh grade boys with varying disabilities within a public school inclusion classroom setting. At the end of the study, the participant identified with ASD increased his on-task behaviors approximately 52%. The participant identified with ADHD increased about 59% and decreased an average of 3.3 talk-outs per minute, although there were environmental limitations that impacted the design and confounded the ability to determine an educational effect. One specific limitation was the lack of support for the general education teacher to influence the learning environment to be conducive for the students who required more structure than the curriculum typically provided. It is likely that increased support from the administration to provide training and collaboration with special educators for general education teachers would have increased the on-task behavior and participation of both participants.
 
51. The Effects of Self-Monitoring in a General Education Classroom on the Academic Skills of Elementary School Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KEN HANDA (University of Tsukuba), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effects of self-monitoring on the academic skills of two elementary school students with autism spectrum disorders in a general education classroom. A multiple-baseline-across-participants design was used. The participants were Kayo (not her real name), who was in fourth grade, and Taro (not his real name), who was in six grade. Assessment information was collected through an interview with homeroom teacher and observation in the classroom setting. The selected target academic skills were (a) listening to teacher's talk with his/her head up and (b) listening to teacher's talk without touching stationaries. The students were instructed to self-monitor own performance of target academic skills. The effects of self-monitoring were measured by behavioral observation in the classroom setting and the contextual fit scores by the teacher assessment. The results showed the students increased the rate of target academic skills in the classroom setting and generalization setting, and its effects were maintained even after a month and three months (Kayo only). Moreover, the result indicated the contextual fit scores by the teacher assessment were high.
 
52. Effects of Two Training Components in Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI) on Teaching the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA) to Autism Senior Tutors
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LEI HU (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba), Kirsten M. Wirth (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba)
Abstract: Training practitioners the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA; an instrument measures an individual's ability to learn some basic behavioral functions) is a major practical priority for applied behavior analysis programs providing services to individuals with an intellectual disability or autism. In the present study, we evaluated the effects of two training components on teaching the ABLA to eight autism senior tutors. The components, which were delivered through a computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI) program, involved the senior tutors (a) passing mastery-based unit assignments and (b) watching demonstration videos. A multiple baseline design across two training sequences, with a reversed order of the two components, was used to monitor the senior tutors performance. Each senior tutor showed substantial improvements in knowledge performance and in conducting the ABLA following the completion of the two training components. However, differential contributions of the components to training effects were observed; i.e., passing unit assignments was primarily responsible for knowledge acquisition while watching videos facilitated performance on conducting the ABLA. The practical implications of training procedures were also discussed.
 
53. The Effects of Explicit Instruction on Critical Early Literacy Skills in Play Contexts for Children With Developmental Delays
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BLAKE HANSEN (Brigham Young University), Mallory Roberts (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: Correlational and experimental studies have identified several critical language skills that contribute to the development of reading in young children. The ability to identify and manipulate sounds in words is one of these skills. Although these skills are typically learned incidentally in the environment, some children fail to learn these skills without intervention. The study presented here combines incidental learning opportunities with explicit methods of instruction to teach these skills to six children with developmental delays. The intervention used explicit methods (prompting, time delay, modeling, and error correction) embedded in play contexts to teach kindergarten-age children with intellectual and developmental disabilities to identify and manipulate the sound structure in words. The children learned to segment syllables, identify onset sounds, and blend and segment phonemes (i.e., minimal textual repertoires). Results indicated that the six children who participated were able demonstrate these skills in play and assessment contexts to a socially significant degree. Although incidental approaches have been used in other studies to teach reading and language skills to children in this population, this study demonstrates that a low-dose intervention can increase these critical language skills.
 
54. Effects of Video Self-Modeling on Decreasing Disturbance Behavior in Adolescent With Intellectual Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
EUNHEE PAIK (Kongju National University), Hyouja Lee (Korean National University of Transportation), Hyeonjeong Park (Kongju National University), Sungbong Lee (Backsuk University), Youngmo Yang (Kongju National University), Jung Yeon Cho (Daegu Cyber University), Munbong Yang (Milal Special School), Ki Soon Hong (Kongju National University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of video self-modeling with cellular phone on the class disturbance behaviors of a middle school student with intellectual Disabilities. In this study, multiple baseline design across settings was utilized to examine the effects of video self-modeling in three settings. (i.e., special education class, inclusion class, and play ground). Target behaviors were aggression toward peers, talking out, and off-task behavior. During the intervention phases, 5-minute videos which showed the participant's appropriate behaviors were used. As the intervention, the participant watched the video with the experimenter prior to each observation session. The experimenter provided specific feedback on his appropriate behaviors and discussed about desired behaviors while they watched videos. Data were collected within 30-minute observation sessions during baseline, intervention, and follow-up phases. IOA was obtained during 25% of sessions of each experimental phase. The mean IOA was 92.77. The results showed that the intervention of video self-modeling with cellular phone was effective in decreasing the rate of the classroom disturbance behaviors across the three settings and the effects were maintained during follow-ups two weeks later. Key Words: self-modeling, cellular phone, video
 
55. The Effects of Phonics Instruction on the Decoding Skills of an Adolescent With Cerebral Palsy
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PAULA CHAN (The Ohio State University), John Schaefer (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Reading is an essential skill for academic success. However, many students with disabilities learn to compensate for their deficits using other skills. For example, a child who struggles to understand phonics might learn to memorize words as sight words, never gaining mastery of phonics. This strategy may be effective for a period of time, but will limit the students potential for becoming a proficient reader. Multiple disabilities such as physical impairment or communication delays can further obscure a persons reading ability. The purpose of this study was measure the effectiveness of explicit phonics and phonemic awareness instruction for a 19-year-old man with cerebral palsy and communication deficits. Despite attending college courses, the participant had reading proficiency comparable to a second grader, with emerging decoding skills. The intervention focused on teaching phonics, segmenting, and blending, using a multiple baseline design across phonemes. Preliminary results indicate the intervention was effective in teaching decoding skills. Authors will discuss the findings and implications for research and practice.
 
56. Procedure of Reading Teaching for Students With Intellectual Disabilities Involving Teachers and Parents
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PRISCILA BENITEZ (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Ricardo M. Bondioli (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Camila Domeniconi (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract: The study aimed to evaluate three interventions applied in three different contexts (regular class, especial class and residence) to reading teaches seven words with three syllables. The interventions were distributed in seven experimental conditions (A, B, C, AB, BC, AC, ACB). The conditions were applied isolated and simultaneous. The condition A was structured by activities computerized to teach isolate word, applied by the special teacher in the special class. The condition B was compound by books applied by parents in the residence. The condition C was compound oral reading of text by regular teacher in the regular class. The condition AB was compound by intervention A plus B and so on. The participants were five learners with intellectual disabilities included regular school. Each learner was exposed to seven alternating teaching conditions. In the pretest except A2 that read five words correct, the others showed low reading performance. In the posttest all learners improved their performances in reading tasks. A3 read all correct words. The procedure was efficient to teach reading tasks for learners with intellectual disabilities, involving formal and informal educators.
 
57. The Effects of Physical Movement Before Class on Decreasing Off-Task Behaviors of Students With Intellectual Disability
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Yi-Tien Tsai (National Tao-Yuan Special School), PEI-YU CHEN (National Taipei University of Education)
Abstract: This study aims to investigate the effects of a 10-minute physical movement before class on decreasing off-task behaviors during instruction. Three students with intellectual disability in a vocational special education school in Taiwan participated in this study. A single-subject A-B-A-B design was applied for each participant. Using a partial interval recording system, two observers recorded four off-task behaviors of each participant, including looking away from the instructor, playing objects, chatting or playing with classmates, delayed response to demands. The inter-observer reliability ranged from 90% to 100% across participants and social validity of the intervention was addressed by interviewing other teachers in the classroom. The results showed that the physical movement before class intervention successfully decreased three out of four off-task behaviors. Although the effect of intervention on delayed response to demand was not as prevalent, the percentage of intervals of two intervention phases still showed a slightly decreasing trend. The results of teacher interview also confirmed the effects of the physical movement intervention on students off-task behaviors. The teachers also reported about the maintenance and generalization effects of the intervention. Application for education and suggestions for future research were provided at the end of this study.
 
58. Teaching Generalized Pretend Play and Related Behaviors To Young Children with Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ERIN E. BARTON (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Children with disabilities play less often and demonstrate fewer varied pretend play behaviors than children with typical development. In this study, a multiple probe design was used to examine the relation between teachers’ use of the system of least prompts and contingent imitation and the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of pretend play and related behaviors by 4 children with disabilities. Results indicated the teachers’ use of the intervention package was functionally related to increases in the children’s frequency and diversity of pretend play and related behaviors. Children also maintained responses in sessions without prompts and generalized across toys and contexts. The findings replicate previous studies on adult prompting of pretend play and extend the literature by assessing generalization of children’s pretend play across contexts and measuring measuring intervention and implementation fidelity. Overall, this study provides a strong argument for engaging in systematic instruction of play, including pretend play, for children who do not display such behaviors.
 
59. Say the Term or the Definition When Using SAFMEDS?
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CAMERON GREEN (Florida State University, Brohavior  ), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), James Booth (Brohavior), Mark Malady (Brohavior; HSI/WARC), Scott A. Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

This study compared "See Term/Say Definition" to "See Definition/Say Term" when using SAFMEDS to study ABA terms. Two young adult participants practiced six sets of approximately 30 flashcards using the SAFMEDS procedure. The flashcards were accessed online through the website quizlet.com and were terms and defintions about Applied Behavior Analysis. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate which of two stimulus conditions was more effective at promoting learning (“See Term/Say Definition” or “See Definition/Say Term”). The design was also counterbalanced across participants. Outcome measures included: number of timings required to reach fluency in the opposite channel once fluency was achieved in the first, corrects and incorrects during first trial in opposite channel once fluency was achieved in the first, pre-test/post-test scores and duration on an intro to ABA exam, and pre-test/post-test timings on “Hear Term/Say Definition” channel. As SAFMEDS are often used to study and learn terms and definitions, it is important to address which learning channel leads to the sorts of outcomes students are interested in achieving. One possible flaw with the “See Definition/Say Term” channel is faulty stimulus control: responding could be controlled by irrelevant stimuli such as specific words or definition length.

 
60. Positive Behavior Supports for Challenging Middle School and High School Classes and Settings
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues)
Abstract: Children with Emotional Behavioral Disorders (EBD) can engage in challenging behaviors in the classroom; such as being disruptive noncompliant, and off-task. Teachers are spending valuable instructional time redirecting challenging behaviors, as opposed quality teaching. For response marking, behaviors were marked by the teacher clicking on a tally counter, and giving a verbal statement of expectations. With peer pressure students were encouraged to keep each other on-task, and not engage with students that were being disruptive in class. If the class was at or below the criteria for the frequency of teacher redirections (DRL), they received daily rewards (candy) and bi-weekly rewards (movie). Seven high school classes (six special education classes and one English Language Learner class) participated in this study. There were a total of 84 students, 67 males and 17 females, mostly with specific learning disabilities and/or emotional behavior disorders. Teacher redirections decreased in all classes, which, allowed for more time for lessons, quality instruction, and a less disruptive classroom environment.
 
61. Study of Longitudinal Exposure for Increasing Children’s Vegetable Consumption
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SUJIN LEE (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine an effectiveness of longitudinal exposure program for increasing children’s vegetable eating. The data was collected from 3 different daycare centers. 44 parents out of 59 parents who agree to let their children participate in this program were used for the data. Total of 44 children, aged one- year- old to 3-years -old either participated in the exposure program or be assigned to control group for 6 months. Children who were assigned to experiment group participated in the exposure program with real vegetable for 10 minutes twice a week. Results showed that children in experiment group consumed more vegetables after 6months while there was no change in control group. Also, there were significant differences in age groups. 2 years old and 3 years old children eat more vegetables than 1 years old children. However, there was no significant difference between boys and girls. These results showed that longitudinal exposure was an effective method to reduce food neophobia and to increase vegetable consumption. Implications and limitations were also discussed.
 
62. Don't Just Customize, Personalize: Innovative iPad APP Implementation for Unique Learners
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JONATHAN IZAK (SpecialNeedsWare)
Abstract: This session will focus on advancing clinical outcomes through customization and personalization in implementing AAC and behavior learning technology. Research will be presented on topics including visual scene displays and just-in-time programming that demonstrates how specific customizations, allowed for by advancements in technology, can increase joint attention, turn taking, and language acquisition in learners. Practical applications of this research will then be presented using examples of the specific improvements such techniques have had on behavior and communication outcomes in home, school, community, and vocational environments. These examples will incorporate individuals at a variety of developmental levels and ages, including preschoolers, adolescents and adults. In particular, these examples will show how visual instructional tools, visual expressive tools and visual organizational tools were customized and personalized to meet the needs and abilities of individual learners. Attendees will then be instructed on best practices for assessing individuals to determine the tools best suited to the learner and how to customize them towards their specific needs through the use of the AutisMate app. On the communication side, this will involve determining whether visual scenes or grid displays are appropriate for each individual. Demonstrations of implementation will be given in creating customized content including visual scenes, grid displays, visual schedules, video models, visual stories and more. Each of these areas will be illustrated through real life examples of successful implementations for learners with varying degrees of communication, behavioral and social abilities that have increased their independence and self-determination. Lastly, the importance of communication between, and participation of, family members, educators and professionals is required to successfully personalize assistive technology to the specific needs of an individual, which will result in increased levels of independence. Effective tools and strategies for efficient collaboration of those involved in the development of the learner will be demonstrated, including specific examples of how this has been successfully accomplished in practice.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #467
OBM Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
63. What Constitutes Performance in Performance Feedback?
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CANDICE HANSARD (California Sate University Northridge), Denice Rios (California State University, Northridge), Meline Pogojana (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Previous authors have provided evidence that the delivery of feedback does not uniformly improve performance. In an attempt to improve the effectiveness of feedback, researchers have evaluated various characteristics such as sources and modes of delivery, content, addition of rewards, frequency, and timing. One factor that may contribute to maximizing the effectiveness of feedback delivery, which researchers have yet to take into consideration, is the type of target behavior(s) for which feedback is delivered. In our literature review, we found that researchers provided feedback for performance, or target behavior(s), that involved either skill acquisition (e.g., training novice staff to conduct preference assessments) or staff management (e.g., increasing and maintaining residential staff’s adherence to hand hygiene). Therefore, our objective was to identify whether differences in the use and effectiveness of performance feedback emerged when we divided published studies based on the targeted behavior--either skill acquisition or staff management. We used methods similar to Balcazar et al., (1985) and Alvero et al., (2001) and reviewed a total of 87 articles (27 skill acquisition, 60 staff management) from 2003-2013. We discuss the implications of our findings and future directions for researchers who wish to identify effective methods to deliver performance feedback.
 
64. A Behavioral Systems Analysis Approach of a Startup Software Firm
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology), Elizabeth A. Henry (Florida Institute of Technology), Clare Liddon (Florida Institute of Technology), Courtney J. Wolff (The Bay School), BRANDON MARTINEZ-ONSTOTT (Florida Tech)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to document the processes of a startup and to create a formalized structure based on the BSA Workbook. The needs identified by the organization were addressed throughout this process. A systems approach was adopted to focus on structuring the skeleton of the organization and documenting initial processes. Once the processes were documented, recommendations were created by pinpointing specific performance problems. The methodology used established best practice standards and metrics to evaluate the effectiveness of these processes. Those involved within the startup were satisfied with the process improvements and the organization operated more efficiently as a result.
 
65. From Feedback to Fluency
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE KRETSCHMER (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Abstract: Journey Management call center agents communicate with drivers at a global oil-services corporation to promote safe occupational driving. This study examined the effects of mastery training and feedback on increasing fluency to a script promoting a greater quality of conversation between call center agents and drivers. Approximately 3,000 calls were recorded, transferred, and analyzed using a behavioral checklist. Behavioral training methods were applied to 28 verbal behaviors that were deemed critical questions as well as optional questions designed to increase the quality of conversations. Training included self-discovery, experiencing an exemplar, role-play, and intensive feedback. Agents attained a targeted 85% adherence rate on all but one critical behavior due to the training and feedback with an average increase of 20 percentage points. In addition, an average increase of 15 percentage points was observed across the behavioral occurrences of optional questions. A small but promising relationship was found between agents providing feedback on driving behaviors (an optional question) and driver conversational utterances during the call.
 
66. Using Public Posting to Improve Staff Data Completion
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
SARAH J. PASTRANA (University of British Columbia), Sheena Crawford (Arcus Community Resources), Sharon E. Baxter (Semiahmoo Behaviour Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: Public posting of employee performance has been used in a variety of contexts to affect behavior change in workplace settings. This case study examined the use of a simple public posting procedure to improve staff data completion at a residential applied behavior analytic teaching home. We selected five target data requirements being completed inconsistently by staff and used an ABA design to evaluate behavior change. Each week we graphed the total number of data errors recorded across all target tasks and publicly posted the graph in the staff office. Data were collapsed across all employees. This intervention resulted in improved data completion for all staff members but one, and results were maintained following removal of the intervention. Additional training was provided for the staff member whose data completion scores were low. Anecdotal evidence indicated the public posting procedure was acceptable to staff members. This case study replicates in part previous research supporting the effectiveness of performance feedback interventions in workplace settings.
 
67. Effects of Celebrity Endorsement as Discriminative Stimulus in an Apartment Sale Advertising Catalog
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Carla Simone Castro da Silva (Universidade Católica de Goiás), CRISTIANO COELHO (Universidade Catolica de Goias)
Abstract: Major advertisement campaigns use people endorsement to introduce a product. Among these people, its common the celebrities endorsement. The present work tried to investigate the influence of a celebrity on the building consumer evaluation of an ad catalog. This catalog contained or a celebrity, or a non-public person. It was tried to identify which aspects are most influenced by celebrity insertion, since this resource has been used in advertisements in Goiania. We made a hypothesis that this process could be benefited by behavioral science principles, what should potentiate those resources. Ninety eight consumers looking for property in the last years responded to questions about the catalog, including the person, to the venture itself, and to building company. The participants whose received the catalog with the celebrity (CC) evaluated the catalog as cheaper, the venture as more luxurious, and the builder as more expensive as well confident in comparison to the group without celebrity (SC). Besides this, the presence of the celebrity increased the attention to the person, but reduced the attention to others catalog aspects. These data suggest careful in utilize the celebrity endorsement, from the behavior analysis perspective.
 
68. Pyramidal Training Utilizing Feedback in an Adult Dual Diagnosis Residential Treatment Setting
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
HALEY EPPES (The Arc of the Ozarks), April M. Williams (The School of Professional Psychology at Forest Institute)
Abstract: The study author investigated the effectiveness of combining pyramidal training with descriptive feedback in increasing implementation of antecedent and consequent behavior support skills by direct support staff members working with individuals with dual diagnoses (i.e., an intellectual disability plus a psychological disorder) in a residential setting. The training program consisted of training a supervisor how to train other direct support staff members to implement specific behavior support skills using descriptive feedback. The targeted behavior support skills were chosen based on their usefulness with a wide range of consumers. The expectation was that consistent implementation of these specific skills would reduce inappropriate behaviors and increase appropriate behaviors of each client. A multiple baseline across direct support staff members design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of this training program.
 
69. The Relative Effects of Correct vs. Incorrect Response Feedback on Performance and Emotions
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
SEONG EUN KIM (Chung Ang University), Kwangsu Moon (Chung-Ang University), Jaehee Lee (Chung Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: This study evaluated the relative effectiveness of correct and incorrect response feedback on task performance and perceived emotion for the feedback. Between group design was adopted and 44 participants were randomly assigned to one of the four experimental groups: (1) correct response feedback, (2) incorrect response feedback, (3) correct and incorrect response feedback and (4) control group. Participants were asked to work on a computerized task. They performed 10 tasks per session and attended 4 sessions. The dependent variables were error rate of the completed tasks and perceived emotions for the feedback. The results showed that the group which received incorrect response feedback and correct and incorrect response feedback had lower error rates than the group which received correct response feedback. In addition, the participants in the incorrect feedback group experienced more negative emotion (e, g., dissatisfaction, depressed, and tension), than other two groups.
 
70. The Relative Effects of Individual and Group Feedback on Work Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KWANGSU MOON (Chung-Ang University), Minjung Cha (Chung-ang University), Kyehoon Lee (Chung-Ang University), Shezeen Oah (Chung Ang University)
Abstract: This study compared the effects of individual and group feedback on work performance. The task was to type English documents on a PC computer and both the number of words typed (quantity) and the percentage of correctly typed words (quality) were measured. Between-group design was adopted and 48 participants were randomly assigned to either individual or group feedback condition. Each group consisted of three participants and completed four sessions together. Under the individual feedback condition, each participant was provided with information on his / her own work performance, while under the group feedback condition, three participants were provided with information on their total work performance. Results showed that the group feedback produced better results on the quantity of performance than the individual feedback. However, there was no difference between two conditions in terms of quality of performance.
 
71. Factors Affecting Observer Error When Using Interval Sampling Methods
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW A. TAYLOR (The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention), Matthew T. Weaver (Mercyhurst Univesity), Oliver Wirth (The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention)
Abstract: Observational sampling methods inherently produce measurement error in duration estimates of a target event; however, it is unclear to what extent the observer introduces additional error by scoring intervals incorrectly. As a step towards identifying key factors that contribute to observer error, the present study attempted to rule out two possible variables by minimizing the difficulty of discriminating target events and reducing the attentional demands on the observer. Observer error was assessed across different interval sampling methods, interval durations, event durations, and event frequencies. Participants viewed and scored video depicting easy-to-discriminate safe and at-risk postures of an animated character performing a computer-based task. Computer software (Praxis PinPoint) was used to reduce attentional demands by aiding the viewing and scoring of the videos. Observer error was marginally greater with partial-interval recording and shorter interval durations; nevertheless, interval method, interval duration, event duration, and event frequency had little impact on error. Overall, observer error in duration estimates was less than 5% in all conditions. Results indicate that difficulty discriminating the target event and/or attentional demands associated with traditional paper-and-pencil methods may have been key factors in previous reports of observer error with interval-based observational measurements.
 
72. An Exploratory Comparison of Accurate and Inaccurate Performance Feedback
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL PALMER (Central Michigan University), Carl Merle Johnson (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Performance Feedback is ubiquitous in Organizational Behavior Management; yet after years of different topographies and uses performance feedback’s function and essential components are still debated. It has been assumed that performance feedback must be accurate, but this assumption has not been empirically validated. Objective feedback, conceptualized as a verbal discriminative stimulus in this study, was tested to see if feedback must be accurate to improve performance. A single subject design (n=3) was conducted with undergraduate students engaged in a data entry task. The number and accuracy of entered data points served as dependent variables. Type of feedback received served as the independent variable: accurate, inaccurate (yoked to another subject’s performance), and doubled in sequential phases for two subjects while the third participant received no feedback (control). Participants worked on this task for thirteen 45-minute sessions. The total number of data points entered per session differed little between all three subjects. Results suggest that performance feedback may not need to be precisely accurate; however these results can be interpreted multiple ways and further research is clearly warranted.
 
73. An Examination of the Impact of Feedback and Acceptance and Commitment Training on the Quantity and Quality of Active Training Provided by Direct Support Professionals
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN PINGO (Goldie B. Floberg Center), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: This study examined the effect of a verbal and written performance feedback system with a low cost probabilistic contingency reward program and an eight hour Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) training program on the percentage of time Direct Support Professionals (DSPs) spent engaged in active treatment and the technical competence of active treatment provided to people with disabilities. The experiment used a pretest/posttest design with a waitlist control group and two intervention groups. DSPs serving children and adults with developmental disabilities in a residential and small group home settings participated in the experiment. The first intervention group received only the feedback intervention while the second intervention group received the feedback intervention and the ACT training. After attrition the group sizes were control N = 12, feedback only N = 12, and feedback plus ACT N = 17. Both intervention groups performed significantly better than the control group. The feedback plus ACT group outperformed the feedback only group by 27.8% in percentage of observation time engaged in active treatment at posttest. The result was statistically significantly at the .05 level of significance. The feedback plus ACT group also exhibited superior but nonsignificant improvements over the feedback only group in the areas of competency of operant teaching techniques (14.9%), percentage of clients engaged in purposeful activities (10.7%), and percentage of clients with learning or leisure materials within arms reach (11.0%). Regression analyses found a weak positive correlation between age and frequency of active treatment (R2 = .11, F(1, 39) = 4.99, p < .05), a weak positive correlation between psychological flexibility as measured by the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-2 (AAQ-2) and job satisfaction, a weak negative correlation between psychological flexibility and self-reported workplace stress, and a weak negative correlation between stress and job satisfaction. Self-reported levels of psychological flexibility, workplace stress, and job satisfaction remained stable for all three groups from pre to posttest despite the increased performance expectations on DSPs in the two intervention groups.
 
74. Efficiency of Experimental Analogs of the Employee of the Month Program to Promote Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
PATRICIA ULRICH PINTO (Positivo University), Helder Gusso (Positivo University)
Abstract: The "employee of the month" program is frequently indicated in books about people management to promote performance however there is little empirical evidence on this practice. The objective of this work was to verify through experimental analogs the efficiency of the “employee of the month” programs. By the systematic replication of the study of Johnson and Dickinson (2010), the first experiment was conducted with four college students who individually transcribed audio recordings, along six sessions of 40 minutes. The second and third experiments were conducted with six participants each, also college students, who individually produced origami in social context along five sessions of 15 minutes each. In all three experiments, the participants` performance was measured in each session and it was also verified if the title “employee of the month”, which was accomplished by means of individual context of enhancement in the first, of social context of enhancement in the second and in a social context added to an award in the third, interfered in the performances. In any of the three conditions, significant alterations in the performances were not observed.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #468
CBM Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1. Skills Generalization In Family And Significant Others Of Drug Dependent Individuals
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
LYDIA BARRAGAN (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Skills Generalization In Family And Significant Others Of Drug Dependent Individuals Barragán, T.L., Flores, A. A., Pérez M. N., Morales, Ch. S. National Autonomous University of Mexico. Family functioning is one of the main factors associated with retention in substance use and episodes of overdose. Problems are reciprocal: the consumer is affected by the environment and the family by consumption. The intervention to family / person close consolidates durability and endurance of abstinence, environments with cohesion, expressiveness and independence result in less time on treatment for the consumer. This research was designed and delivered to 19 participants in an intervention group with the components: Functional analysis of user’s consumption, emotional control, problem solving, communication, interpersonal relations improve. Results show reduction in depression (17.6 to 8.82), anxiety (17.45 to 7.72), increase in support provided to consumers (57.97 to 70.06), personal satisfaction (6.96 to 8.25), and satisfaction with the consumer coexistence (6.33 to 7.79). The ocurrence record is used to identify the generalization skills in settings that could precipitate consumption. The application of learned behaviors favored a family environment that reinforced support and communication with the consumer and enabling a family atmosphere that would compete with consumer’s friends environment.
 
2. Task Analyses With Patients With Acquired Brain Injuries: Accident Prevention Skills Training
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MARISOL REYNOSO (Fresno State), Amanda N. Adams (Central California Autism Center)
Abstract: Symptoms experienced after sustaining a brain injury affect many areas of daily living and require the retraining of basic essential skills needed for reintegration into independent community living. Behavior analysis is among the many approaches used in treatment for brain injury, which include cognitive therapy, speech and language therapy, physical therapy, occupational therapy, neurobehavioral therapy, and vocational rehabilitation. The purpose of this study was to train patients that have sustained a brain injury to utilize a task analysis to identify and eliminate potential hazards in a home environment. A multiple baseline across settings design was used and included a baseline measure, a training phase, a task analysis phase, a generalization probe, and a fade plan. Generalization of the accident prevention skills training was evaluated as well as the potential for task analyses to serve as aids for individuals with brain injuries with consequent memory impairments.
 
3. Behavioral Systems Analysis of Barriers to Veterans Accessing Needed Medical and Mental Health Care
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JOSEPH R. SCOTTI (WHOLE Veterans, PLLC), Nuttha Udhayanang (WHOLE Veterans, PLLC), Vanessa Jacoby (West Virginia University), Claudia Neely (Indiana University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract: The number of veterans requiring care for medical and mental health issues increased dramatically with the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan; however, fewer than 40% of veterans ever seek care through Veteran Affairs (VA) facilities. We conducted a state-wide survey of 1,300 West Virginia veterans of all eras (WWII to present) to examine the barriers (e.g., travel, costs, time) and stigma (e.g., “others will not understand,” “will be seen as weak”) related to seeking care through VA and community-based facilities. Across ages (18-97), nearly 50% of the veterans met criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder and/or depression (PTSD/DEP); 38% of those with PTSD/DEP were at significant risk for suicide. Veterans without PTSD/DEP reported fewer barriers and less stigma related to seeking medical and mental health care than those with PTSD/DEP. Those with PTSD/DEP who were at high risk of suicide reported more barriers and stigma related to mental health care than those at low risk of suicide. Reporting more barriers and stigma was associated with a lower frequency of accessing care in both community and VA facilities. We provide a behavioral systems analysis of the contexts and contingencies associated with accessing care and how those barriers and stigmas may be reduced.
 
4. The Impact of Human-Animal Interactions on Psychological Well-Being and Social Behavior of College Students
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JOSEPH R. SCOTTI (WHOLE Veterans, PLLC), Nuttha Udhayanang (WHOLE Veterans, PLLC), Claudia Neely (Indiana University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract: There is increasing interest in the role pets may play in the lives of persons with disabilities and mental health problems. Although studies report positive effects on the physical and mental health of people who interact with animals, the majority of studies are anecdotal and qualitative, use poor research designs, and have small sample sizes. We conducted a survey of 900 college students with measures of pet ownership, relationships and interactions with pets, trauma history, measures of posttraumatic stress and depression, and social behavior (giving/receiving assistance). Students reported the periods of their lives during which they had a pet (primarily dogs): childhood, adolescence, or adulthood. Despite no significant difference in the number of traumatic events students experienced by the number of life periods they had a pet, those who had a pet during two or three of these life periods (compared to only one period) had lower scores on posttraumatic stress and depression, and were less likely to meet criteria for a depression diagnosis (40% vs. 60%). Those who owned pets longer had higher scores on bonding with animals. A behavioral model of how longer pet ownership and human-animal bonding may reduce the impact of traumatic events will be presented.
 
5. The Effectiveness of a College-Level Self-Management Course on a Target Behavior and General Regulatory Behaviors
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JIHYEON SEO (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of a college-level self-management (SM) course on improving a target behavior as well as other regulatory behaviors which are unrelated with a target behavior. Among 173 undergraduate students who took a SM course, those who completed all surveys and submitted a final report were included. A total of 93 college students were finally selected, whose target behavior was exercise (n=42), dietary habits (n=30), or study (n=21). The SM course required students to modify their target behavior by using behavioral skills. To evaluate the effectiveness of SM course, participants completed the computerized delay-discounting task and self-report questionnaires at the beginning and end of the course. The results showed that participants in all three groups reported decreases in impulsivity, more regular eating habits, and improved study habits and time management after the course. However, increases in caffeine consumption were also significant in all groups. Although exercise group spent significantly more time on physical activity with decreased alcohol consumption, their junk food consumption increased as well. In conclusion, a SM course seems to be effective in improving a target behavior and general regulatory behaviors in other spheres. Implications and limitations are also discussed.
 
6. Investigation of Mental Health of Smartphone Addiction Group
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
HYUNJI CHOI (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University), Uichin Lee (Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology), Junehwa Song (Korea Advanced Institute of Science and Technology)
Abstract: Smartphone overuse becomes social issues, but its impact on mental health has not been well studied. In this research, 104 undergraduate students were recruited from 2 universities and their smartphone usage and psychological status were investigated using several self-report questionnaires and discounting test. Participants were divided into 2 groups either by actual usage (overuse vs. average use) or smartphone addiction scale (high scored vs. low scored). The high scored group showed significantly higher level of stress, impulsivity, internalizing problems, externalizing problems and total problems and lower self-esteem. However, their level of impulsivity measured by a delay discounting test was not different from average users. On the contrary, overuse group showed significantly higher level of AUC(Area under the Curve) value, indicating higher level of impulsivity. No other significant difference was found in self-questionnaire.
 
7. An Evaluation of Escape and Attention Extinction With and Without Noncontingent Reinforcement in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SCUDDY FONTENELLE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer M. Kozisek (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Clinicians commonly use positive reinforcement in conjunction with escape extinction in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. Some evidence suggests escape extinction is equally effective with or without positive reinforcement at increasing food acceptance. However, the addition of positive reinforcement to escape extinction may result in lower levels of inappropriate behavior and negative vocalizations for some children (Piazza, Patel, Gulotta, Sevin, & Layer, 2003; Reed et al., 2004). Reed and colleagues demonstrated that the addition of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), specifically, resulted in lower levels of inappropriate behavior for some children during initial treatment sessions. The purpose of the current investigation was to replicate and extend Reed et al.s findings. We used combination multielement and reversal designs to evaluate and compare the effects of escape and attention extinction to escape and attention extinction with NCR as treatment for 4 children diagnosed with a feeding disorder. Dependent measures included acceptance, inappropriate behavior, and negative vocalizations. The addition of NCR to escape and attention extinction positively impacted levels of acceptance for 1 child, inappropriate behavior for 3 children, and negative vocalizations for 2 children. A discussion will focus on avenues for future research.

 
8. Propensity to Work Among Detoxified Opioid-Dependent Adults
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BRANDON RING (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology), Anthony DeFulio (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract: Unemployment is common in heroin-dependent adults; however the reasons for their unemployment are not fully understood. This study assessed the propensity of detoxified opioid-dependent adults to work when given the opportunity. Participants were given the opportunity to work in a therapeutic workplace, a model employment program for unemployment and drug addiction. Participants (N=113) were enrolled in one of three clinical trials that evaluated the effectiveness of the therapeutic workplace in promoting adherence to the opioid antagonist naltrexone. Participants were invited to work in the therapeutic workplace for 6 months, offered naltrexone and randomly assigned to a Prescription or Contingency group. Prescription participants could work whether or not they took naltrexone. Contingency participants had to take scheduled doses of naltrexone to gain access to paid work. Participants worked significantly more in the therapeutic workplace (66.93 % of days) than they reported working before (3.89 % of days) or six months after discharge (26.11 % of days). Participants also reported working more after than before therapeutic workplace participation, regardless of group assignment. Participants who reported usually working in the three years prior study participation were more likely to have a job following discharge from the therapeutic workplace. These data suggest that unemployed opioid-dependent adults will work when given the opportunity.
 
9. Using Contingency Management Intervention to Decrease Spending Behavior in College Students
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
HAILEY HINKLE (University of Central Oklahoma), Scott Singleton (University of Central Oklahoma)
Abstract: Contingency management intervention is often used in cohorts with drug abuse. Previous research has discovered that using a contingency management intervention could decrease smoking behavior. However, there is not much research looking at contingency management intervention and other addictive behaviors like gambling, excess eating, or overspending. The following study uses a positive contingency management intervention to decrease a college student’s excess spending. Excess spending is defined as expenditures minus living cost. It would not include rent, bills, groceries, or gas Things that were included as excess spending were fast food, clothing, small unessential purchases, and luxury items. The study focuses on if the client could not only decrease the excess spending habit, but do so over a continuous length of time. The positive contingency management intervention shows an individual first how to decrease an addictive behavior. Then the contingency management intervention provides them with more reinforcement that is contingent on lower rates of behavior. These principles have worked efficiently with drug abuse and should be expanded to other areas of addictive behavior. This research provides support in favor of a contingency management intervention decreasing the addictive behavior of excess spending.
 
10. Coping Strategies For Smoking Cessation in People Who do Not Attend Treatment
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER LIRA MANDUJANO (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Iztacala, Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Daniela Moreno Gutierrez (Universidad Michoacana de San Nicolás de Hidalgo), Sara E. Cruz-Morales (FES Iztacala National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: International literature has pointed out that the coping strategies that have smokers at the time in which decide to quit smoking are crucial to maintain abstinence over time. Therefore the objective of this study was to compare the coping strategies used by people who do not attend a treatment and are interested in quitting. Participants: 20 smokers aged 18 to 40 years. Procedure: Four sessions were conducted from the beginning of withdrawal, in each session the level of carbon monoxide was obtained in each of the participants with Smokerlyzer piCO +. In session 1 the initial interview was applied, the Fagerstrom test for nicotine dependence and a brochure with information about the consequences of cigarette smoking and smoking cessation strategies was given. In session 2 (24 hours of initiation of abstinence) the brochure and self-report were reviewed, in session3 (7 days of abstinence) and session 4 (at 14 days of abstinence) the self-report of each day were reviewed. The results showed the strategies that were used more often and in which the participant resisted smoking were behavioral strategies, specifically maintained they occupied and out / avoid the situation, and the coping strategies that were used and the smoker presented falls were cognitive strategies: thoughts to keep quit.
 
11. Who's the Boss?
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
MARC D'ANTIN (Brohavior), Mark Malady (Brohavior; HSI/WARC), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Brohavior)
Abstract: The development of self-management programs is a powerful behavior analytic tool that has great potential for integrating ABA into peoples lives. People with minor life-concerns that wouldnt seek professional help are liable to buy a self-help book based on pseudoscience. Providing an ABA and thus science-based alternative should be a goal of anyone wanting to expand the impact ABA. The practice of self-management is often still heavily reliant on folk lore from other behavior analysts. The field as a whole needs to invest more time in exploring this powerful technology. In this poster I will present data that will compare whether a simple self-management program in and of itself is sufficient to create the necessary and desired behavior change, or whether adding a contingency to achieving behavior goals results in more consistent and/or faster goal reaching. The study uses a multi target multi-element design to compare behavior change in a number of different subjects and using distinct self-selected goals for each subject. Results and avenues for potential future research will be discussed.
 
12. Raising Practices Associated to Oppositional Defiant Disorder and Children Aggressive Behavior
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SILVIA MORALES CHAINé (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Lydia Barragan (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Cesar Augusto Carrascoza Venegas (FES Iztacala, UNAM)
Abstract:

The raising practices predict the childrens problem behavior. Children antisocial behavior is related to the early adolescents criminal behavior or use of drugs. The goal of the paper was to describe the raising practices related to the oppositional defiant disorder and to aggressive behavior throughout a descriptive study. We assess 300 participants, on a non random sample, of 34 years old average, from 18 states of Mexico, selected from public health institutions, that voluntary assist to participate at the positive raising program because the occurrence of behavioral problems of their children between 2 and 12 years old. All throughout using self-reports and an observational system of de parents behavior at the interactional simulated situations. The results showed that percentage of children with oppositional defiant disorder were greater than the aggressive ones. The parents reports and behavior: alpha commands, rules establishment, problems solve, and positive social interaction, were the raising practices that reliably predicted a report of less oppositional defiant and aggressive behavior for children.

 
13. Eating Problems in Persons with Dementia: Behavioral Interventions
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
ZHICHUN ZHOU (University of Rochester), David Donnelly (University of Rochester)
Abstract: In the past few years, research on dementia has made a major shiftfrom concentrating exclusively on the cognitive function of persons with dementia to the effects of dementia on their behaviors. One of the prominent behavioral changes is in eating behavior. Depending on the stage of dementia, patients may experience excessive food intake, decreased food intake, altered food choice, pica and/or declined capacity in eating, many of which require more feeding assistance. The causality of these changes in eating behavior ranges from the continuation of neurodegeneration with the progression of dementia, the regression of oral-motor skills to factors that are environmentally-induced (e.g., unfamiliar settings, different preparations of food, medications, dental problems, and insufficient caregiving). The present paper reviewed the literature on the assessment of eating behavior and the behavioral interventions that have been applied effectively in reducing the occurrence of these changes in eating behavior. Recommendations for further areas of investigation are included.
 
14. Improved Serum Phosphorus Through Self-Monitoring of Hemodialysis Diet and Therapist Feedback
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
ALFRED ROYAL TUMINELLO JR. (McNeese State University), Lee Allen Leger (Mcneese State University)
Abstract: Elevated serum phosphorus levels pose a serious mortality risk for hemodialysis patients and maintaining appropriate levels is a challenge, requiring patients to minimize dietary consumption of high-phosphorus foods. This intervention involved using a self-monitoring program, with and without verbal feedback from a therapist, to reduce phosphorus consumption in a 49 year old male diagnosed with chronic kidney disease and intellectual disability. An ABCB design was utilized to evaluate this intervention. The patient’s serum phosphorus levels in condition A were collected for baseline comparison. In condition B, the patient recorded daily consumption in journals and attended weekly 1 hour meetings with a therapist that reviewed the journals and provided feedback. Condition C included only the patient engaging in self-monitoring. Serum phosphorus levels remained inside the targeted range (3.5-5.5 mg/dl) for 87% of the intervention conditions, as compared to only 17% of the baseline condition. Serum phosphorus levels elevated 22% during condition C and decreased 9% upon returning to the second B condition. Results suggest that self-monitoring interventions alone may not provide clinically beneficial outcomes; this is relevant due to self-monitoring being commonly recommended by health professionals. Although the intervention was successful, it involved only a single participant, further investigation is required.
 
15. Evaluation of a Social Skills Training in Type II Diabetes Clients
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANTONIA RENTERIA (Fes Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Maria Lourdes Rodriguez Campuzano (Fes Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Viridiana Rivera Samano (Fes Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Carlos Nava Quiroz (Fes Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Norma Yolanda Rodriguez Soriano (Fes Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
Abstract:

Diabetes is a chronic world wide disease with high morbidity, mortality and major public health problem. Treatments are based primarily on a change of diet. The radical change in modern lifestyle contributes to poor adherence to treatment, mainly to the diet, so it is important to understand this phenomenon in all its complexity. Improve dietary adherence in diabetic clients with a social skills training based on psychological health model developed by Ribes (1990), this workshop was designed The main aim of this study was to evaluate strategy employed in this workshop for such skills. The design was longitudinal pretest-posttest, the independent variable was the social skills training and dependent one was the client's behavioral social skills. A voluntary sample of 100 patients aged between 34 and 86 years old, 82% women. In the first phase, in order to assess client's social skillls, an adaptation of the original version of Caballo (2005) EMES-M survey was applied. In phase two, as a kind of diabetes club, modeling techniques, role playing and behavioral rehearsal of social skills were emplyed, this phase lasted approximately three two-hours sessions. In phase three, again survey was applied. A statistically significant difference between pre and post, indicating a positive effect of EHS was found. The need for more studies to provide information on the role of the factors involved in the prevention of diabetic morbidity is appreciated

 
16. Misophonia - An Aversive Conditioned Reflex to Soft Sounds
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS H. DOZIER (Misophonia Treatment Institute)
Abstract: Misophonia is a little known condition that affects many people. The onset of misophonia is typically in the preteens, but the age varies greatly. It appears to be a conditioned reflex to soft sounds such as chewing or breathing. A semi-random survey indicated that about 15% of the population has misophonia-like reflex responses to at least one soft sound. Misophonia is characterized by strong negative emotions of anger or rage, but not fear. 30% of individuals report that they only have an emotional reaction to the sound (no physical reaction). Overt operant behavior also occurs after the conditioned response. Misophonia is reported to get worse with exposure therapies. A counterconditioning treatment has been developed that is effective for clients with discriminated trigger sounds. During treatment the emotional response and physical response to the conditioned stimulus are independent. All clients report that the conditioned physical response is the constriction of various muscle groups or other physical reflex, which is unique to each client. The characteristic emotional response and typical operant behavior do not occur during treatment.
 
17. You Count: Mobile Technology for Personalized Data Collection and Graphing
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Travis Luke (Refaction Applications), David Luke (Refactions Application), MOLLI LUKE (Refactions Applications)
Abstract: This poster describes a free iPhone application (You Count-- http://refactionapps.com/youcount/) developed with the aim of improving people's lives through personalized data collection and graphing. You Count is flexible to allow for personalized tracking of important measures, such as behaviors, events and symptoms. It was developed through an interdisciplinary collaboration to combine innovations in mobile technology with empirical research showing positive behavior change as a result of tracking and graphing behavior (e.g., Blick & Test, 1987; Boyle & Hughes, 1994; Carr & Punzo, 1993). The application has several key features such as easy capture of data, immediate graphing and a database that can include notes. There is a dashboard of line graphs as well as a larger, zoom-able graph. The data is privately stored on the device but may be downloaded or shared. The aim of this poster is to describe You Count and enhance it through feedback from other researchers and behavioral experts. It will provide an opportunity to encourage use and development of You Count as a simple and effective technology to use in treatments settings (e.g., clinics, school, organizations), research and personal data collection and graphing (e.g., weight management, symptoms).
 
18. Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder May Lie in the Eyes of the Beholder
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Ana Marina Reyes Sandoval (National University of Mexico), LAURA ACUNA (National University of Mexico)
Abstract: An observer may label some aspect of behavior as either normal or abnormal depending on his/her own conditioning history. Although such history necessarily varies among individuals, some commonalities may be expected among members of different socio-demographic categories. This investigation aimed at determining the propensity of elementary-school teachers (N=691) of different gender, age and social class to label as either normal or abnormal the “frequent” emission of behaviors characteristic of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). In accordance to the fourth edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV), the term “frequent” was left undefined. Results showed that about half of the teacher sample regarded as normal for their children to “frequently” enact behavior that would suggest a psychiatric ADHD diagnosis. Teachers most inclined to label frequent-characteristic ADHD behavior as abnormal were women, aged under 42 years, and belonging to the middle-class. These results were taken to suggest that “frequent”-characteristic ADHD-behavior may or may not be considered abnormal by different observers, that presumably differ in conditioning histories prescribed by their membership to different socio-demographic categories.
 
19. Contingency Contracting to Increase Home-based Physical Therapy Exercise Adherence
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Sefakor K. Adzanku (Central Washington University), Elizabeth M. Street (Central Washington University), WENDY A. WILLIAMS (Central Washington University), Stephanie Stein (Central Washington University)
Abstract: Non-adherence to medical regimens is a common problem that cuts across a range of medical treatments. Physical therapy constitutes an integral part of the rehabilitation process for many disorders and injuries. Between 60% and 80% of patients do not adhere to prescribed home-based physical therapy exercises. The current pilot investigation assessed the efficacy of signed contingency contracts and reminder telephone calls to increase compliance with prescribed exercise programs. A multiple-baseline-across-participants experimental design included concurrent baselines and staggered treatment onsets. Two patients, recruited from a physical therapy clinic, agreed in writing to monitor and report their daily exercise adherence during baseline and treatment phases. Treatment consisted of signed contingency contracts and daily reminder telephone calls. Overall, both participants showed noteworthy improvements in their exercise compliance during treatment. Both participants showed an overall average increase in exercise compliance of 30% or more across all exercises. Adherence rates for exercises that were to be done once a day rose to 100%. The current findings suggest that simple behavioral interventions like contingency contracting may represent cost effective additions to physical therapy management policies that can increase home-based physical therapy exercise for some patients.
 
20. A Review of Treatments for Sleep Interfering Behavior of Young Children
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SANDY JIN (Eastern Connecticut State University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract: Sleep problems among children are prevalent, persistent, and negatively impact the well-being of the child and their family. In this paper, we review the efficacy and social acceptability of treatments for problem behavior occurring when children are bid good night, such as crying, calling out, excessive requests, leaving the bedroom, playing in bed, stereotypy, or aggression. We refer to these behaviors that occur following the bid goodnight and prior to sleep onset as sleep interfering behavior (SLIB). Interventions for SLIB are reviewed and categorized according to how the presumed reinforcers for SLIB are managed (i.e., extinction, noncontingent reinforcement, or differential reinforcement) and which, if any, additional changes occur in the environment prior to the bid good night (i.e., manipulations of discriminative stimuli or establishing operations for SLIB or the target of behavioral quietude). The relative advantages and disadvantages of the different treatments and the adequacy of the research are reviewed along with suggestions for important future research.
 
21. A Modified Functional Behavior Assessment for Sedentary Behavior and a Functionally-Based Physical Activity Intervention Program
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SHIRI AYVAZO (David Yellin Academic College), Elian Aljadeff-Abergel (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Functional Behavior Assessment (FBA) is designed to identify main functions of challenging behaviors. This project sought to extend FBA to sedentary living among normal adults. Sedentary living is a highly concerning public-health epidemic. Despite the importance of physical activity (PA) for healthy lifestyle and the alarming rates of obesity, more than 60% of adults worldwide are inactive. Assessment of Physical Activity (FBA-PA) can aid in revealing conditions maintaining avoidance from PA toward a suitable PA training program. The purpose of this project was to conduct a modified FBA of avoidance from PA of a 23 years-old overweight sedentary female; and to design a functionally-appropriate PA training program. The FBA-PA included low and high-intensity exercise tasks, with and without social attention provided. Heart rate and frequency of negative behaviors towards PA was measured. The subsequent PA training program was 29-sessions long. PA variables measured were: number of steps, sit-ups, biceps curls, triceps extensions, squats and leg curls. The FBA-PA resulted in more displays of negative verbal and non-verbal behaviors during the high-intensity tasks suggesting a possible function of escape from physical demands. The PA program resulted in a stable increase in all PA variables including maintenance of engagement in PA.
 
22. CANCELLED: An Evaluation of Deferred Time-out to Treat Attention-Maintained Noncompliance
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER S. KAZMERSKI (East Carolina University), Jessica Buzenski (East Carolina University), Ryan Ford (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

To increase compliant behavior in children who were unresponsive to traditional time-out (TO) procedures, improve parent-child interaction, and increase parental satisfaction, deferred time-out (DTO) strategies have been implemented in clinical settings (Warzak & Floress, 2009). Original studies describe DTO as a process initiated following a parent TO training procedure for children who were resistant to traditional forms of TO. Results indicated that the DTO strategy significantly reduces TO latency without the need for put-backs or other physical means to gain time-out compliance. In addition to being more time consuming and less effective, these physical strategies are less favorable to caregivers than a solution such as DTO (Kazdin, 1980). Current participants include children between two and seven, who display attention-maintained noncompliance and other minor disruptive behavior. A multiple baseline across participants with a primary dependent variable of response latency for time-out and secondary dependent variables of disruptive behavior (noncompliance, aggression and inappropriate vocalizations) was used. Social validity data will also be reported. The current paper replicates and extends the results of previous evaluations by determining the functional applications of DTO and adding to the standard behavioral strategy of TO.

 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #469
PRA Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
95. Improving College Sleep Problems using an Individualized Self-Management Treatment
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
JOSHUA JESSEL (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Erica Lozy (Western New England University)
Abstract: College students have often been reported as a population of concern due to poor sleep, with the prevalence of occasional sleep problems as high as 73% (Buboltz et al., 2001) with 27% at risk for at least one sleep disorder (Gaultney, 2013). In addition, sleep problems in college students have been correlated with daytime drowsiness (Alapin et al., 2000), lower GPAs (Trockel et al., 2000), and an increase in moodiness (Ott & Pilcher, 1998). We assessed the effectiveness of the progressive introduction of two different treatments with three volunteer college students who reported having trouble falling asleep, staying asleep, and or waking up. The initial treatment (Phase I) involved providing the participants with a general tips pamphlet. Following the failure of the pamphlet to improve sleep, an individualized self-management treatment (Phase II) was conducted based on a one-to-one interview using the Modified Sleep Assessment Tool for Dormitory Living (MSAT-DL). The results suggest a tiered model for increasing sleep duration, decreasing sleep onset, and improving self-reported sleep quality of college students experiencing sleep problems.
 
96. Competitive Games and Aberrant Behavior – Trigger Analysis and Intervention
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
EITAN ELDAR (Kibbutzim College)
Abstract: We studied the effect of antecedent manipulation on aberrant behavior within a competitive game, aiming to create an opportunity to practice, rather than avoid, challenging situations. Four versions of the "Are You Square" game (Eldar, Morris, Da Costa, & Wolf, 2006, Eldar, 2008) were played for 16 weeks by 16 male high-school students. The dependent variable, aberrant behavior, was defined as: Rule violations; Passivity; Physical violence; and Verbal violence. A Multielement Design presented the aberrant behaviors emitted under the various conditions. Overall, misbehaviors were differentially affected by the different versions of the game. The highest levels of aberrant behaviors, mainly in the form of rule violations, occurred when the Intensity of the game was increased. Data from this study will be presented, followed by data revealed from similar studies, demonstrating a relation between the manipulation of game conditions and the change in participants’ behavior. An educational procedure for diagnosing and treating aberrant behavior, based on these findings, will be suggested
 
97. The Effects of Response Effort Within a Behavioral Economics Framework as Related to Data Collection on Treatment Fidelity
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
GREGORY R. MANCIL (Louisiana Tech University), Ryan Burke (DBT Center of Western Kentucky)
Abstract: Treatment fidelity, degree to which treatment is implemented as intended, is essential to outcome research (Perepletchikova & Kazdin, 2005). Treatment fidelity levels effects the outcomes of treatments (Wilder, Atwell, and Wine, 2006), with lower levels of fidelity having poorer outcomes, particularly when the levels reach below 50% (Vollmer, Roane, Ringdahl, & Marcus, 1999). Thus, the purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of varying levels of response effort on adherence to data collection procedures, treatment fidelity, and child outcomes. Sessions were conducted at the same time and place each day for 2 male and 2 female participants (teaching assistants). These settings included classroom areas and recreational areas. Each of the four participants implemented the various procedures with his or her independent group of students with autism. Three levels of response effort were varied across participants (i.e., low, medium, and high) regarding response effort required for data collection using a multi-element design. Each participant had higher treatment fidelity for procedures requiring the least amount of response effort and the lowest fidelity for those procedures requiring the greatest amount of response effort. In addition, each group of students challenging behaviors decreased most during low response effort conditions.
 
98. Man versus Machine: A Comparison of Electronic and Paper and Pencil Methods of Data Collection in Behavioral Sciences
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
GENEVIEVE K. COXON MARSHALL (Florida Institute of Technology), Dylan Polasko (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicholas Green (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Although technology is generally viewed as a tool to increase precision and reduce manual labor, there is relatively little empirical support for the accuracy of electronic data collection in behavioral science. Many researchers and clinicians develop strong preferences for data collection systems, but support for the mode and method of data collection systems is warranted. We will evaluate the accuracy of data collected by eight undergraduate students using both pencil and paper (PP) and tablet and application-based or computer assisted (CA) methods. Participants will collect rate, duration, and partial-interval (PIR) data during 30s video clips depicting one-three simple responses (e.g., button pressing) yoked across methods for level of difficulty (e.g., easy, moderate, and advanced). It is the aim of this project to identify conditions under which particular methods of data collection prove better suited when participants without history or bias collect data across dimensions of responding.
 
99. Continuous and Reciprocal Behavioral Supervision: A Standardized Protocol for Assessment and Evaluation
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
NATHAN FITE (University of Cincinnati), Wallace Larkin (University of Cincinnati), Lauren McKinley (University of Cincinnati), Andrea Howard (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: The goal of supervision is to facilitate the development of professional competencies and effective service delivery. Fundamental to the quality of supervision is the ability to continuously monitor skill acquisition and adherence to programmatic procedural guidelines for both the supervisor and supervisee. Still, many programs have failed to develop a clear and practical model for monitoring supervision and determining whether adequate progress as been achieved. In the present case study we describe a standardized protocol for assessment and evaluation of supervision based on the behavioral problem-solving model applied to 15 second-year school psychology practicum students supervised by 4 advanced doctoral students. Within this framework core competencies along with subsidiary skills were clearly operationalized and measured. The data obtained functioned as a tool that supported case conceptualization, progress monitoring, and the provision of timely feedback. This protocol aimed at enabling a system where mutual assessment of skill deficits and strengths are continuously monitored in order to provide individualized support and to meet measurable goals.
 
100. Practicality of Implementing a Function-Based Point System: Case Study
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BRYAN DAVIS (Eastern Michigan University), Marilyn K. Bonem (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Rearranging complex social contingencies can be efficacious in naturalistic settings. Sainato, et al (1986) increased the interactions of socially withdrawn kindergarteners by designating them as classroom managers. Bowers, et al., (2000) reinforced public reporting of positive behaviors by peers to increase socially appropriate behavior of isolated adolescents in a residential program. The current study applied similar strategies to effectively decrease a 9-year old girl’s inappropriate and disruptive classroom behaviors that had been maintained by peer and teacher attention. The procedure combined variants of differential reinforcement of low rate or other behavior and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior by awarding 0-2 points via a rating scale for each of four behavior categories: following class rules and procedures, listening respectfully, raising hand to share aloud, refraining from making excuses and talking back. Thus, eight points could be earned daily during each of five class periods for a daily maximum of 40 points. Meeting daily point criteria, initially set at 25, allowed her to compete for either a teacher or lottery determined “Most Valuable Student” award, implemented to incorporate functionally similar reinforcement via a teacher assistant role that allowed whole-class participation thereby minimizing peer awareness of who was the target participant.
 
101. Retrospective Analysis of Injury Reports Related to Client Challenging Behavior in an EIBI Program
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
TOBY L. MARTIN (St. Amant Research Centre), Beverley Temple (University of Manitoba), Charmayne Dube (New Directions), Lesley Anne Fuga (St. Amant Research Centre), Chris Fyfe (St. Amant Research Centre), Rose Schwarz (St. Amant Research Centre)
Abstract: Children with autism regularly engage in challenging behaviour, and may injure staff working in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) programs. We performed a retrospective audit of accident/injury reports over a 1-year period at a community agency serving persons with developmental disabilities and autism in Manitoba, Canada. This agency includes the St.Amant Autism Programs (SAAP), delivering pre-school and school-age intensive (30+ hrs/wk) behavioral intervention. We also interviewed program staff to obtain their perspectives on injuries, policies, and training. During the reporting period (2011-06-01 to 2012-05-31), 231 unique SAAP staff (mean age 27 y; 211 female (91%), 20 male (9%)) in 245 positions (tutors, senior tutors, consultants, coordinators) had at least some exposure to clients. 22 staff reported injuries relating to client behavior, in 32 separate reports. In 5 cases (16%), first-aid or a doctor's visit was required. Notably, the primary corrective action in 29 cases was for the staff to review the existing behavior intervention plan, yet in 0 cases was the primary corrective action new training for staff. The quantitative and qualitative (interview) data obtained suggest that EIBI programs may benefit from systematic examination of injury circumstances in relation to challenging behaviour.
 
102. Using a Fading In Procedure in Order To Increase Compliance in an Instructional Setting
Area: PRA
SUZETTE ROSARIO (May Institute)
Abstract: Acquiring compliance in an instructional setting is a challenge for many practitioners. Some children have never been exposed to an instructional setting (sitting at a table, in a chair, facing forward, attending to stimuli). As a result, children often exhibit problem behaviors when exposed to a controlled setting. Gaining compliance in an instructional setting is crucial in order to prepare children for discrete trials, which can lead to high acquisition rates. It is also a vital functional skill in that it is required for future academic/classroom settings. Some tools used to gain compliance include: pairing the practitioner with reinforcement, slowly introducing demands, and providing reinforcement on a dense schedule. Fading is a behavioral intervention that uses a systematic approach to change behavior over time. In this study, a fading procedure was used to move from the play area to a 1:1 room. The systematic change in requirements was used in order to gain compliance from a three year old male diagnosed with autism. The presented data represent percentage of compliance during the fading procedure.
 
103. CANCELED: Cultural Variables in Parent Training and Research Within Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This poster will focus on the importance of including cultural variables in ABA research and parent training. The information presented is based on a literature review and will include a thematic analysis of articles found in behavior analytic journals. Data will also be presented on the type of paper submitted such as research studies and/or conceptual papers. The results of the literature review will be discussed in the context of including cultural variables in behavioral analytic approaches to parent training.

 
104. CANCELED: Spare me the Lecture: How to Ensure Employees Record Data on Challenging and Replacement Behavior
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN J THEISEN (Bright Futures Academy), Emily Winebrenner (Bright Futures Academy), Angie DeCormier (Bright Futures Academy), Zachary Bird (Bright Futures Academy), Jeffery LeComte (Bright Futures Academy), Whitney O’Keefe (Wokconsulting), Shawn E Kenyon (Bright Futures Academy), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (Bright Futures Academy)
Abstract:

Reliable data collection is an integral part of quality educational and clinical programs for students with special needs. The current study took place at a newly formed non-public school in southern California, serving approximately 130 students presenting with moderate to severe special needs. The clinical team purchased Rethink curriculum and training modules as part of the strategic planning to open a research driven school. Rethink allows staff members to record data and view student progress over time. The current study analyzed frequency of data collection on challenging behaviors and replacement behaviors described in behavior plans and individualized educational plans. A multiple baseline design across students was used to analyze the effects of large group training and individualized coaching and feedback on performance. The results thus far have indicated that large group training did not produce an increase in the frequency with which classroom staff records data. An increase in data collection for challenging behavior has however been observed following individual coaching. Future directions in the study include expanding data collection to replacement behaviors.

 
105. Evaluating the Effects of Preference for Final Products When Teaching Chained Tasks Using Video Modeling
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER LENZ ALEXANDER (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Katie Smith (University of Georgia), Sally Bereznak Shepley (University of Georgia), Theologia Mataras (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Although video modeling is an empirically established strategy for teaching individuals with developmental disabilities, the variables that may impact its effectiveness are still being evaluated. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the influence of preference for the final product (e.g., eating popcorn) of a chained task (e.g., making popcorn) for four adolescents with autism and moderate intellectual disability. The participants’ preferences for final products of unknown tasks were first assessed over several sessions through a multiple stimulus without replacement procedure. An analysis of the assessment data resulted in the selection of a high preferred and low preferred activity (e.g., eating popcorn) for each participant. Chained tasks to create the final products were then taught through video modeling and effects of preference on acquisition were evaluated in an alternating treatments design. Results showed little difference between the two tasks in rate of acquisition. During maintenance, two of the participants’ level of responding dropped below 100% for the task resulting in the low preferred activity. These limited findings suggest that preference for particular activities at the end of a chain may not effect acquisition, but teaching chains that lead to naturally occurring reinforcement may influence maintenance of acquired tasks.
 
106. CANCELLED: Development of a Relational Skills Assessment: Introduction to Relational Framing and Implications for Clinical Application
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory
ANITA LI (Lodestone Academy), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Brohavior), Marc D'Antin (Brohavior), Katherine Kavanaugh (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is an extension of Skinner's Verbal Behavior (Hayes et al. 2001). It is an evidence-based approach to language; however, its reach has not gained application in applied clinical settings. RFT is most commonly associated with Acceptance & Commitment Therapy (ACT) in psychological settings. RFT is commonly misconstrued as mentalistic due to the emergence of "relational frames'. To clarify, relational frames are a metaphor of the relation between stimuli. RFT teaches individuals how to derive information based on relata. This is an important life skill that allows us to form complex verbal events such as metaphors, perspective-taking, and analogies. Currently, there is no relational skills assessment developed to assess individual relational skills or to assist practitioners in developing appropriate programming for relating. This poster will introduce an overview of relational frames, how framing can be taught, and implications for the development of applicable arbitrary relational responding (AARR) in individuals receiving intensive ABA therapy. This preliminary relational skills assessment offers new insight to current practitioners who are seeking how RFT can benefit their service delivery, how to implement it, and offer guidance in programming.

 
107. A Comparison of Three Indirect Behavioural Measures in an Outpatient Child Sample
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRYSTAL E.R. JANSZ (Texas Tech University-Burkhart Center for Autism Education & Research), Nancy I. Salinas (Texas Tech University), Pik Wah Lam (Texas Tech University), Wesley H. Dotson (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: This study sought to replicate and extend a study by Freeman, Walker, and Kaufman (2007) that compared the Questions About Behavioural Function (QABF) and the Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS) in an outpatient child sample. We extended the study by also evaluating the Problem Behaviour Questionnaire (PBQ). The QABF, MAS, and PBQ were administered to 20 children referred to an outpatient clinic for a functional assessment and brief- consultation for problem behaviour. We analyzed both the internal psychometric properties and the convergent validity of all three indirect measures. Results generally replicated the findings of Freeman et al. (2007) for the QABF and MAS, but the PBQ did not correlate well with the other two measures. We discuss the clinical and practical implications of administering multiple indirect measures as well as the use of indirect assessments with populations beyond those for whom they were originally created.
 
108. Should You Repeat a Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessment?
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
MARIANA I. CASTILLO IRAZABAL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Paired-stimulus preference assessments (PSPA) are used in clinical practice to identify potential reinforcers. Thus, it is essential that PSPAs produce reliable outcomes. This study sought to assess the test-retest reliability of PSPAs. We examined sixty-eight datasets (31 with food; 37 with toys/activities), each with PSPAs conducted three times. We assessed reliability by comparing the first two rounds of the PSPA and the consistency of results across all presentations when the first two assessments did and did not produce good correspondence. When examining correspondence between the first two rounds, the top item matched for 69% of cases, three of the top four matched for 70%, and the correlation between the two rank orders exceeded 0.7 for 57%. With all these measures, if the first two assessments corresponded, the mean rank-order correlation for all possible pairwise permutations was higher than when they did not correspond, suggesting that if one observes good correspondence with two assessments, there may be limited utility in repeating the assessment. All measures of correspondence were greater for edible stimuli than for non-edible stimuli.
 
109. Strategies for Resolving Barriers to Toilet Training: A Review
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
MAEVE G. DONNELLY (New England Center for Children), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University)
Abstract: Considerable behavioral research has been dedicated to achieving independent toileting due to the health benefits and social importance of this skill set. In particular, behavior-analytic toilet training (BATT) methods described in the seminal paper published by Azrin and Foxx (1971) have been reviewed and replicated. Despite the many empirical validations of BATT, children and adults with disabilities may not display independent toileting skills. One reason for these deficits may be the presence of practical barriers manifesting throughout toilet training. Such barriers may include problem behavior, excessive urine retention, persistent accidents during or following training, physical deficits/impairments or lower motor skills, lack of independent initiations to toilet, or persistent nocturnal enuresis after daytime continence is achieved. These barriers may interfere with toilet training to the extent that toilet training is postponed, discontinued, or not initiated. However, a proportion of the toilet training literature includes strategies designed to surmount these barriers, leading to successful toilet training for children with disabilities. The purpose of this review paper is to synthesize the collection of research-supported solutions for problems or barriers that may interfere with BATT with the goal of assisting practitioners in adopting and implementing BATT with individuals with disabilities.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #470
DDA Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
110. Analysis of a Free/Say Fluency Technique on Novel Activity Involvement and Problem Behaviors
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
OANH LUC (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The current data were collected during clinical work at a day treatment facility for adults with developmental disabilities. At our facility we use a Free/Say fluency procedure to familiarize some of our individuals that struggle with following some of the rules that are important to follow when in this environment. Additionally, the language of the contractual rules needs some simplification to facilitate understanding. In the cases presented, the individuals also had data tracking in place for decreasing problem behavior and increasing the amount of novel activities they participate in daily. The comprised rules are written in a more accessible language represented using: Dos and Donts. Since the participants have fluent language skills and can articulate them when prompted, it is assumed by rule-governance that they will be more likely to adhere to the rules if they are fluent and able to tact them. The data represent the results of this clinical training strategy.
 
111. Interventions for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Who Engage in Inappropriate Sexual Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
ALICIA KOBYLECKY (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Vincent E. Campbell (University of Oregon), Sarah E. Pinkelman (University of Oregon), Rachel Scalzo (Baylor University)
Abstract: Although inappropriate sexual behaviors among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities may often be considered a taboo topic, it is essential that practitioners are prepared to intervene when such behaviors occur. Inappropriate sexual behaviors are defined as a response class performed within an environment that deems the sexual behavior unacceptable either by societal standards and/or by consequence of the potential harm the behavior poses to self or others. Inappropriate sexual behaviors demonstrated among this population include behaviors such as public masturbation, public disrobing, and inappropriate sexual touching of others. We conducted a systematic search to identify studies that implemented a behavior analytic intervention to reduce inappropriate sexual behavior among participant(s) with intellectual or developmental disabilities. Results were analyzed in terms of (a) participant characteristics, (b) target behaviors, (c) intervention characteristics, and (d) study outcomes. Results conclude that a variety of both reinforcement and punishment techniques have been used across the literature to reduce inappropriate sexual behaviors. Practical implications for practitioners are discussed.
 
112. Enhancing the Therapeutic Value of Special Olympics Programs for Young Children with Autism and Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHERINE R. MEZHER (Miami University (Ohio))
Abstract: The Special Olympics International Young Athletes™ program reaches large numbers of children under the age of 8 with developmental disabilities across the globe. With not only an emphasis on sports and physical development, the program also targets communication and socialization skill development. As a relatively new program, research should focus on aspects of the program that most benefit participants and their families. This paper describes how and why the systematic incorporation of applied behavior analysis techniques into the program model is a worthwhile undertaking. Program adaptations that incorporate research-based interventions for youth with autism and developmental disabilities (e.g., visual supports, appropriate prompting and prompt fading procedures, effective use of reinforcement by parent and teacher facilitators) have the potential to improve outcomes for children in schools and communities across the world. The current session describes this unique service delivery model, laid out in stages, with recommended program adaptations included. In this way, the therapeutic value of the Young Athletes™ program may be enhanced. Additionally, materials developed for the program will be presented (e.g., visual schedules for participants, training materials for facilitators). Discussion focuses on international dissemination of applied behavior analysis techniques and empirically-based interventions for children with autism and developmental disabilities.
 
113. Functional Communication Training (FCT) for a Child with Multiple Profound Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SHAUNA COSTELLO (Western Michigan University), Thomas Ratkos (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The effects of Functional Communication Training (FCT) with the use of Talk Blocks™ were assessed for a 9-year child with profound developmental disabilities including cerebral palsy and severe mental retardation. The child was non-ambulatory, non-vocal, and mostly blind engaged in aberrant behaviors including eye gouging, mouthing of fingers (to the point of amputation), and pulling out a gastrointestinal tube (GI-Tube). Many studies have demonstrated that FCT is an effective treatment in reducing severe problem behaviors while increasing an alternative response (e.g., Wacker, Wiggins, Fowler, & Berg, 1988). Dependent measures included frequency of responding on different available Talk Blocks™ and the frequency of aberrant behavior throughout the day. Preliminary data demonstrate vast improvements in the alternative behavior of pressing the Talk Blocks™ and a decrease in aberrant behavior. Continued directions and intervention troubleshooting will be discussed.
 
114. The Use Of A Token Economy System And Reinforcement To Increase Self-Feeding During Meal Time
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KATARZYNA M BABIK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to investigate the token economy system as an intervention to increase self-feeding (independency) during mealtimes. Token economy systems have been used to increase different topographies of appropriate behavior with different populations. One application of a token economy may be to increase self-feeding with children who have a history of food refusal. We evaluated the use of a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) procedure paired with tokens in a reversal design to determine if access to a tangible would increase self-feeding. One 5-year-old-male admitted to an intensive feeding program designed to assess and treat inappropriate mealtime behavior, participated. Highly preferred activities were identified via a preference assessment. Initially each instance of self-feeding resulted in access to a token that could be immediately exchanged for 15-s access to a preferred activity. Following an increase in self-feeding, we increased the tokens required for exchange. Results demonstrated that the DRA and token system increased levels of self-feeding from baseline.
 
116. Using Precision Teaching to Increase Staff Fluency With the Content of Behavior Support Plans
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALISON BRANCH (Northumberland Behaviour Analysis and Intervention Team, Northumberland, Tyne and Wear NHS Foundation Trust), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Richard P. Hastings (University of Warwick), Michael Beverley (Bangor University)
Abstract: The use of behavior support plans (BSP) by staff working with adults with challenging behavior is essential. However, non-adherence to such guidance is common. One possible explanation for failure to adhere to the plan is that staff lack fluent knowledge of its content. Non-fluent knowledge has been shown to prevent learners from applying and retaining information. This study investigated the effectiveness of fluency training (FT) and precision teaching on learning BSP with community residential staff. An intervention group (n = 14) completed timed fluency drills using flashcards to increase the rate of learning key BSP components. A non-equivalent control group (n = 10) received consultation as usual (CAU), comprising standard support for learning a BSP. All staff completed pre- and post-intervention tests measuring frequency of component skills recall and their application. Results indicated the FT group made significantly greater gains in component skill recall which were maintained at follow-up, F (1, 22) = 34.70; p < .001, d = 2.46, and significantly higher scores in component skill application, F (1, 22) = 17.26, p < .001, d = 1.73. This study offers further evidence of the efficacy of precision teaching and fluency building procedures.
 
117. Clinical Outcomes of Behavioral Treatments for Pica in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (University of Georgia), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Jessica Alvarez (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Pica, the recurrent ingestion of inedible or nonnutritive substances, is a severe form of self-injurious behavior most frequently exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities. Although effective behavior analytic interventions for pica have appeared in the literature, the fact that successful outcomes are more likely to be published makes it difficult to ascertain the probability of successful outcomes. This study extends the literature by quantifying the overall effect size of behavioral treatment for all clients seen for treatment of pica through an intensive day treatment clinical setting, irrespective of treatment success. Ten individuals with developmental disabilities (8 males; 2 females), with a mean age of 10.3 years (range=6-19 years) were included in this analysis, representing 2.5 times the number of participants in any single previously published study. Nonoverlap of All Pairs (NAP) scores, an index of overlap of data between phases, were calculated for each client and a mean NAP score and Cohens d effect size were calculated across clients. The resulting treatment outcomes were: overall percent reduction=95.90%; NAP=0.955477; and Cohens d=2.00216. The large overall treatment effect size indicates that behavioral intervention is a highly effective method of reducing pica to near zero rates.
 
118. Using Percentile Schedules to Shape Longer Voids during Toilet Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY AUTRY (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Percentile schedules offer a consistent and precise method for shaping behaviors while maintaining a constant rate of reinforcement. Percentile schedules have been used with children with developmental disabilities to shape new behaviors such as eye contact, to increase task engagement, and to increase behavioral variability. In the present evaluation, a percentile schedule was included as part of a rapid toilet training protocol with two children with autism to increase the duration of voids. During the implementation of a rapid toilet training package, urinations were usually brief (often 1 s or less), resulting in a failure to fully empty the bladder and frequent accidents. During application of the percentile schedule, voids lasting longer than the upper 50% of the distribution of the last 10 voids were reinforced. Results indicate that the percentile schedule increased the duration of continent voids for both participants from averages of 0.2 s and 1 s in baseline to averages of 2.9 s and 3.3 s, respectively. Discussion will focus on the potential utility of percentile schedules in applied settings based on these preliminary data.

 
119. Assessment of Training Methods to Train New Staff to Conduct Discrete Trial Training (DTT)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
THOURAYA AL-NASSER (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Jenn Gheno (University of Nevada, Reno), Josette O'Mealia (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Discrete trial training (DTT) is a systematic teaching methodology that includes frequent learning opportunities, shaping behavior by proper prompting hierarchies and delivering reinforcement and error correction. This often occurs in a one-to-one structured setting with fast paced training methods. Delivering a good service is often associated with staffs effective training and accurate application. There have been a number of training procedures and methods used in training staff with one mutual goal to increase staffs accuracy and effectiveness in applying ABAs methods while working with clients. Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is one of the most prominent training packages that is evidence-based in reducing undesired and disruptive behaviors. Other training methods introduced either alone or in combination with other procedures include: instructional procedures, role play, modeling, feedback, selfmanagement and self-monitoring , video tape training, computer based training (CBT). However, most of these trainings require the presence of expert trainers to train staff which might not be feasible all the time due to financial issues or issues in matching the trainers schedule with the staffs availability. In this poster a literary review will examine the pros and cons of a number of training methods comparing them to a self training packet training new staff with no behavior analysis background to conduct discrete trial training with no feedback given.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #471
AUT Mon PM
Monday, May 26, 2014
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
120. A Comparison of Video Modeling and Visual Schedule on Increasing Independent Task Transitioning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NING HSU (Purdue University), Teresa A. Doughty (Purdue University)
Abstract: The goal of this study is to evaluate the effect of video modeling and photographic visual schedule on increasing independent task transitioning. An alternating treatment design research was conducted on two high school-aged individuals with autism in a classroom setting. Participants were given either video modeling or visual schedule prior to task transition. The frequency of independent transitioning and level of prompting required were recorded across baseline, intervention, follow-up, and maintenance phases. The results indicated increases on independent transitioning from task to task under both video modeling and visual schedule conditions. Although there were no significant differences between two conditions, both participants performed slightly better under visual schedule condition. Participants’ preference, implications, and direction for future research will be presented.
 
121. Using the Ipad to Increase Conversation Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
EMILY GREGORI (Baylor University)
Abstract: Deficits in communication and social skills are a hallmark trait of autism spectrum disorders (ASD); specifically, conversation skills are significantly impaired. Theory of Mind research has revealed, that while individuals with ASD perform below their typically developing peers in social skills, through intervention these skills can be learned. Previous research has shown that video modeling (VM) is an effective way to teach these skills. The present study sought to extend previous VM research by measuring the effects of the iPad as a VM tool for a four year old male with Asperger syndrome. Results showed an increase in the participant’s ability to have an age appropriate conversation.
 
122. Merge of Behavior Analysis Procedures into a Speech-Language Pathology Autism Clinic
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ELIZABETH SIMONS (James Madison University), Heather White (James Madison University), Marsha Longerbeam (James Madison University), Trevor F. Stokes (James Madison University)
Abstract: This study developed applied behavior analysis skills in a different discipline through training and coaching speech-language pathology graduate students providing therapy services in a program for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Two graduate students in applied behavior analysis trained seven graduate students in speech-language pathology in three concepts: function of behavior, positive reinforcement and differential reinforcement. After training, each participant received bug-in-the-ear coaching on the use of positive reinforcement daily for five days during therapy delivery. At the end of each day therapists developed a list of activities that their clients preferred that day. The following day, coaching encouraged therapists to provide these activities, social praise, and positive touch to the client if the client was on task. If the client was off-task, these reinforcers were withheld. Coaching focused primarily on differential attention to providing access to reinforcement when the client was on task, as well as a few prompts, due to therapist requests regarding the style of coaching. Results indicated that speech-language pathology graduate students increased the percent of intervals in which they implemented positive reinforcement. Furthermore, if therapists implemented positive reinforcement for on-task behavior in 60% of observed intervals, the likelihood of maintenance and durability was stronger when coaching was discontinued.
 
123. The Use of the iPod Touch as an Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) Device to Improve Communication Skills for Adults With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAORI G. NEPO (Chimes), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University)
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often suffer from limited communication skills. Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) devices have increasingly gained attention as an effective strategy to teach functional communication skills for individuals with ASD. The recent technological advancement has made more portable devices such as the iPod Touch available as an option for AAC. In this study, we will examine the efficacy of the iPod Touch as an AAC device to improve communication skills of three adults with ASD via a multiple baseline design. The impact of the iPod Touch on their independent manding, maladaptive behaviors, and the results of social validity survey will be discussed. Additionally, generalization of the skills will be assessed in a controlled setting first and then in the vocational program.
 
124. Behavior Analysis and the Dentist: An Oral Health Desensitization Program for a Young Adult with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
PRISCILLA BURNHAM RIOSA (Brock University)
Abstract: While dental procedures may be challenging for many individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), those most severely affected by ASD are at a particularly high risk for oral health problems and have a high amount of unmet oral health care needs. Among several effective behavior analytic techniques to teach compliance in dental procedures, desensitization is one in which individuals are exposed in a gradual manner to the fear-provoking dental situation. The purpose of this study was to teach an 18-year-old male with ASD to comply with a basic oral health examination in a simulated dental environment. A hierarchy of steps was created. Each step within the desensitization hierarchy was considered mastered when there were three consecutive correct sessions across at least two people administering the program. All sessions were videotaped. Interobserver agreement data were collected on baseline and intervention sessions (IOA = 100%). Visual inspection of the data indicated that the intervention has been effective such that the participant has moved through the steps of the task analysis successfully. Practical implications of the program and challenges associated with completing the intervention and generalizing the analogue results to an in vivo dental environment will be explored.
 
125. Translating Indirect Assessments to Spanish With an Eye Toward Reliability and Validity
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CRISTINA VEGA (Seek Education, Inc.), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Marisela Alvarado (FCDS), Adriana Gracias (A.B.E.D.I. Inc.)
Abstract: Indirect behavioral assessment instruments are used as a preliminarily strategy in identifying potential functions of behavior and have traditionally been available only in English. Many families in America and around the world do not speak English and finding a fluent Board Certified Behavior Analyst in their native language is difficult, if not impossible. Thus, the need exists to develop assessment instruments in other languages. This study developed a Spanish version of the Questions About Behavioral Function (QABF) and the Indirect Functional Assessment (IFA) instruments. Forward and back-adaptation committees were used in the translation process. The QABF and the QABF-Spanish (QABF-S) were administered to a group of 80 bilingual participants to assess both the reliability and validity of the assessments. A factor analysis yield four factors that were consistent with the four subscales examined in this study. Reliability coefficients were good for the attention, escape, and tangible subscales on both the QABF and QABF-S. The QABF-S and the IFA-Spanish (IFA-S) version were then administered to Spanish speaking parents during a functional behavior assessment and results were compared to those of a functional analysis (FA). Agreement between the QABF-S, the IFA-S version and FA results was high. Limitations and future research are discussed.
 
126. In Our Own Words: Competitive Employment for Adults With Autism Through the RAISE Program
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
RUSTY HORRNIG-ROHAN (Global Autism Project), Emily Boshkoff-Johnson (Global Autism Project)
Abstract: There are many people throughout the world who are employed individuals; however, many people with autism are unemployed. Across the world, only 4% of adults with autism are competitively employed. For the very few people with autism who are employed, they are not being paid for the work that they have done for certain time periods. The Global Autism Project has adopted a RAISE program to employ individuals with autism. The acronym RAISE stands for Real Advancement Independence Social Skills and Empowerment, which encourages people with autism to become very independent and have better social skills. As an adult with autism, I will present information on this poster about the importance of employment for individuals with autism and the benefits of the RAISE program. Adults with autism should have more opportunities to be competitively employed and this poster is about how the RAISE program and Global Autism Project have helped me to achieve that.
 
127. Comparing Low-Tech and High-Tech Picture Activity Schedules to Increase Independence in Adolescents With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
DR. TINA MARIE COVINGTON (Hawthorne Country Day School), Julie A. Bates (Hawthorne Foundation), Daren Cerrone (Hawthorne Country Day School), Vaughn Clarke (Hawthorne Country Day Scho0l), Cynthia Milite (Hawthorne Country Day Scho0l)
Abstract:

As students with severe disabilities transition from school to adult services, it becomes increasingly important that they have the skill to complete and transition to activities independently; however, it is common for adolescents with autism and severe disabilities to have a difficult time learning to independently complete tasks without the support of an aide or teacher. One tactic in the literature that has shown to be effective in teaching independent activity and transition skills is picture schedules. With the advancement in technology, traditional low-tech picture schedules have become more advanced. While research has demonstrated the effectiveness of picture schedules, it has not evaluated the effectiveness of traditional low-tech schedules to more high-tech schedules with individuals with severe disabilities. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of two different visual activity schedules. An alternating treatments design was used to compare traditional, low-tech static picture schedules to high-tech picture schedules presented on an iPad. Three adolescents with severe intellectual disabilities participated in the study. The data will be analyzed by comparing the learn units to criterion for each condition, the impact both interventions have on increasing independent responding, and student preference for treatment will be evaluated.

 
128. Using iPads as Stimulus Prompts to Increase On-Task Behavior in Preschool Aged Students With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN MCCABE-ODRI (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Nicole Pease (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Lauren DeGrazia (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Jennifer Cornely (Partners in Learning, Inc.), Nicole M. Rzemyk (Partners in Learning, Inc.)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often struggle with social communication and interactions as well as engage in repetitive patterns of behavior (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). These deficits can lead to challenges in including individuals with ASD in regular education classrooms. Some of these challenges could include behavior outbursts, comprehension delays, low-socially mediated behavior, and failure to recognize environmental cues as discriminative stimulus. While these challenges may occur, it is necessary to provide an inclusive environment with opportunities to interact with typically developing peers as part of intervention for children with ASD (Strain, Schwartz & Barton, 2011).While previous research has been conducted on using iPads within educational programs focusing on academic, communication, employment and leisure skills for those with developmental disabilities there is limited research on using iPads to increase on-task behavior in students with autism (Kagohara, et al., 2013). There is some evidence that by utilizing iPads and applications one can save time and materials (Murray & Olcese, 2011). There is also evidence that utilizing iPads for individuals with ASD can be less socially stigmatizing due to the popularity of the devices with typically developing peers (Neely, Rispoli, Camargo, Davis & Boles 2013). The purpose of this study is to examine the effects of using an iPad and the SMART Notebook application as a method of stimulus prompting to increase on-task behavior for students with autism in an inclusive preschool classroom. Two preschool aged students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated in this study. The study included three phases: baseline, iPad training, and maintenance phases. Results show that the use of iPads was effective for both subjects, showing significant increase on-task behavior at circle time. Both subjects maintained on-task gains at one month follow-up, with one subject scoring an increased level of attending post study.
 
129. CANCELED: Children's Preference for Descriptive Versus General Praise During Discrete-Trial Teaching
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SEAN ANGLIN (Beacon ABA Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

The use of descriptive praise is widely recommended practice with children diagnosed with autism. Nevertheless, comparison studies have indicated that students' performance on skill acquisition and maintenance tasks are similar regardless of whether descriptive or general praise is provided. The present study sought to further examine the effects of different praise statements on student preference for descriptive versus general praise statements by using a concurrent chains arrangement. Three toddlers diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders participated in the study. Participants selected initial link stimuli associated with either descriptive, general, and no praise terminal conditions, and skill acquisition targets were then taught according to the respective condition. Researchers measured participants' preference by recording the cumulative number of choices for each initial link. The results indicate that children did not display differential preference for either type of praise. The results are discussed in terms of variables that may affect praise as a conditioned reinforcer and general practice recommendations in favor of descriptive praise.

 
130. Improving Quality in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) in a Mainstream Preschool Setting Using the Periodic Service Review (PSR)
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MARIANNE MJOS (Norway), Roy Tonnesen (
Pedagogisk Psykologisk Tjeneste
), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  )
Abstract: The Autism Department (Avdeling Autisme) is a tax payer funded department in the city of Bergen, Norway providing Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention to children with autism in mainstream pre-school settings. We have developed a checklist based on the logic of the PSR to evaluate and improve quality of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention. In a mainstream pre-school setting there are many elements that have to be organized between different departments in the city. This requires a highly systematic approach detailing the contribution of each entity. The Periodic Service Review provides a framework for evaluating and improving quality for employees and organizational performance. Data was collected in the PSR system on all the clients served between august 2010 and august 2013. Data are registered every month for each client. Data show an increase in the quality scores from and average of ca. 60% to ca. 80% after monitoring started.
 
131. Adult Autism Services and Best Practice
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTINE TURKO (University of Mount Union)
Abstract: The care and well-being of adults with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) is a growing concern. While this concern is on the radar of researchers and practitioners, little action has been taken because of the ever present need to keep up with the diagnosis and treatment of the younger population. Effective services for adults with autism are needed in order for them to continue their education, establish work, become involved in the community, and find suitable living accommodations. This poster presents data related to adult autism services. A questionnaire was used to examine the concerns and needs of caregivers of people with autism. The key components of the questionnaire included: transition to adulthood, best practice, and the efficacy of professionals who work with the adult autism population. The findings suggest that caregivers of individuals with ASD identify more basic and fundamental goals (independence in Activities of Daily Living, continuation of progress socially and intellectually, etc.) for their children than previous research has suggested. The findings can be used to develop a guide for best practice, and serve as an empirical foundation for future research on the topic of autism in adulthood.
 
132. Comparing Choice-Based Preference Assessments: Multiple-Stimulus Without Replacement Versus Paired-Stimulus
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
MAYA MADZHAROVA (Institute for Basic Research), Niall James Toner (Institute for Basic Research)
Abstract: A choice assessment has been found to be a more accurate method of identifying preferences than is single-item presentation (Piazza, Fisher, Hagopian, Bowman, & Toole, 1996). Multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) and paired-stimulus (PS) are two common choice-based preference assessment methods that identify and rank stimuli. These stimuli could potentially serve as motivation for behavior change in individuals with developmental disabilities. Previous research suggest, that MSWO requires substantially less time than PS and will yield consistent outcomes (Deleon & Iwata, 1996). In the current study, the authors conducted both assessment methods with 5 students with autism in New York City public schools, to identify their most preferred stimuli. The authors seek to add to the literature the average time necessary for each method and whether these methods yield similar results across edible and tangible stimuli. The researchers predict a strong correlation between the three most preferred stimuli identified through each method. Results of the comparison between methods and stimuli will be discussed.
 
133. An Evaluation of a Desensitization Procedure for Tolerating Hair Clippers in an Adolescent With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TODD FRISCHMANN (Rutgers University), Zachary Brown (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Naomi Coral (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Erin Henricksen (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Ethan Eisdorfer (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey)
Abstract: Appropriate grooming behavior can be challenge for individuals on the autism spectrum and their caregivers. Individuals with ASD often exhibit fearful reactions and/or hypersensitivity to grooming instruments (e.g., scissors and/or hair clippers). This reaction to grooming instruments can have detrimental effects on personal appearance and personal hygiene. A variation of a changing criterion design was used to investigate the effectiveness of a desensitization procedure for increasing compliance with hair cutting in an adolescent diagnosed with autism. Results demonstrated the efficacy of desensitization in increasing compliance with hair cutting. At the time that this presentation was submitted, the student had progressed from avoidance behaviors occurring in response to the sound of clippers without a visual cue to tolerating 5 seconds of direct contact with the clippers on his head without problem behaviors occurring. These findings suggest that systematically exposing individuals with aversive stimuli (i.e., hair clippers) can be used for the purpose of desensitization, which can have profound implications for the personal hygiene of individuals on the autism spectrum
 
134. Assessment and Treatment of Probing Behavior in an Adolescent With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHAWNA UEYAMA (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Erica Dashow (Rutgers University), Rachel Mislavsky (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Chariana Guzik (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Denise McNair (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: The presence of self-stimulatory behavior is common among individuals with autism spectrum disorders. This self-stimulatory behavior may include repetitive motor movements, noncontextual vocalizations or other types of sensation-seeking behavior. One topography of self-stimulatory behavior that presents unique challenges is rectal probing. Probing is socially stigmatizing, can interfere with potential job placement opportunities, and can pose significant health risks - especially when paired with coprophagia. In the current investigation, we sought to assess and treat the rectal probing for an adolescent male with autism. The results of the functional analysis revealed that probing was maintained by automatic reinforcement. The probing behavior was specifically observed during the alone condition, suggesting that the presence of staff controlled the behavior. A treatment package that included access to a competing item (iPad), a belt for his pants, and 30-second staff check-ins was implemented. The treatment was evaluated in a reversal design that showed an 81% reduction in probing. The results are discussed in the context of using antecedent-based intervention to reduce covert, automatically-reinforced probing behavior.
 
135. The Assessment and Treatment of Darting and Elopement Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
LAUREN DAVISON (Melmark), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark)
Abstract: Functional analyses (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) are utilized to determine the variables that maintain problem behavior by manipulating the antecedents and consequences in a students natural environment (Cooper et al., 2007). Functional analyses have been effective for the treatment of a variety of problem behaviors, including elopement. However, the research on analysis and treatment of elopement that is maintained by multiple sources of reinforcement is limited. In the current study, we evaluated darting and elopement by conducting a functional analysis for an automatic function utilizing an extended alone condition and in addition, social negative and social positive functions were analyzed utilizing a latency functional analysis. The results of the functional analysis yielded a function of automatic reinforcement and access to tangibles for the elopement of one student diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disability. A treatment was developed to address the combined function of access to items and automatic reinforcement. Results and implications are discussed.
 
136. Using Stimulus Re-Presentation to Facilitate Discrimination Training in an Individual With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University  )
Abstract:

The ability to discriminate between and among stimuli involves a complex set of skills that many individuals with autism have difficulties acquiring, generalizing, and maintaining. Use of differential reinforcement (i.e., reinforcement for responding to the S+ and not to the S-) is a common means of teaching discriminations between stimuli; however, criterion levels of responding may not be attained solely through the application of differential reinforcement. In the current study we examined the use of stimulus re-presentation (i.e., not removing the stimulus array until the learner changed their response to the S+) on acquisition of a visual discrimination task. An 11 year old boy with autism, who had previously been unable to acquire reliable simple discriminations in a separate protocol, participated. Using a combination of stimulus re-presentation and differential reinforcement, he learned to reliably respond to the S+ across three pairs of targets. The results support stimulus re-presentation as viable supplemental tool for teaching discrimination skills. Results will be discussed in terms of the possible negative reinforcement contingency (i.e., not terminating the work demand until correct responding is emitted) utilized by stimulus re-presentation in conjunction with the positive reinforcement contingency (i.e., delivery of a preferred edible) utilized by differential reinforcement.

 
137. The Factors that Influence Parents Decisions on the Intensity of EIBI Services
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMY MUEHLBERGER (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: Current research in Early Intervention (EI) services for young children with autism supports that children who receive intensive services utilizing the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) have outcomes that are greater than those students who receive fewer hours of services or an eclectic service model (Howard, J., Sparkman, C., Cohen, H., Green, G., & Stanislaw, H., 2005). The current study examined factors that influenced parents' decisions to choose ABA and the total number of hours of services at start of ABA services. A survey was presented to families entering an ABA program within one month of the start of services. The participants were families with children aged 24-36 months of age who were also enrolled in their local early intervention programs and had chosen ABA as an intervention. The results indicate the diagnosing physician and their early intervention Service coordinator were the professionals that influenced parents' choice of intervention and intervention intensity. Results will be used to target outreach efforts to influential professionals that are working with families around making informed decisions on service intensity and expected outcomes.
 
138. CANCELED: The Effects of Treatment of Parent Mental Health on Treatment Fidelity of Child Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACKELYN HART (Wesley Spectrum Services), Claudia Neely (Wesley Spectrum Services)
Abstract:

Because so few programs for individuals diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) address family mental health along with treatment for the individual diagnosed with ASD, the examined program provides a unique platform to assess the interaction between behavioral-based mental health interventions and behaviorally-based programming for children and families affected by ASD . Some behavioral-based mental health interventions with empirical support include Behavioral Activation for depression, Exposure Therapy for trauma, and Exposure and Response Prevention Therapy for obsessive compulsive disorders. Some parents of children with ASD in the examined program requested individual mental health therapy for anxiety, depression, and/or OCD. Individual and family therapy included one of the evidence-based behavioral mental health interventions. The researchers used a withdrawal to examine the impact of family mental health intervention on parent fidelity to treatment and child treatment outcomes when combined with parent coaching, and behavioral interventions for autism.

 
139. Mothers' Perception of Intensive Behavioral Intervention With Children on the Autistic Spectrum in Quebec
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NADIA ABOUZEID (University of Quebec in Montreal), Ariane Leroux-Boudreault (University of Quebec in Montreal), Nathalie Poirier (University of Quebec in Montreal)
Abstract: Introduction : Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a neurodevelopmental disorder affecting nearly 1 % of the population. It is mainly characterized by social communication and interactions deficits as well as stereotyped, restrictive and repetitive behaviours and interests (APA, 2013). These limitations alter the development and functioning of individuals with ASD. To overcome some of these difficulties, various programs are provided. For instance, in Quebec, rehabilitation centers offer ABA intervention, more specifically Intensive Behavioural Interventions (IBI) services to children with ASD aged between 2 and 5 years old (MSSS, 2003). Objective : This study aims to portray, through parents perception, the Intensive Behavioral Intervention (IBI) received by children with ASD in Quebec as well as their impact on their child development and functioning. Method : Participants : 15 mothers of children with ASD in Quebec Instruments : semi-structured interviews Analysis : qualitative (thematic analysis) Results : Children received in average 20 hours per week of IBI. Half of children received IBI as of the age of 4 years old for approximately 24 months. Conditions of the interventions were variable from a case to another. Some children benefited from an individual intervention, regular supervision for more than two years and complementary services such as speech and occupational therapy. However, other children were offered group intervention, very little supervision and no complementary services. Even though weaknesses were observed, the majority of parents perceived the intervention positively as it brought significant improvements in children and their familys lives. Improvements of language, social skills and behaviour were noticed. Parents believe it is necessary to provide services to children with ASD after the age of 5. Conclusion : Mothers of this study have a positive perception of IBI. However, it appears there are weaknesses in the way the intervention is implemented, especially when compared to results of previous studies revealing requirement for a successful intervention. Further research is imperative to achieve better standards in terms of intervening with children with ASD and to ensure the efficacy of the treatment.
 
140. Increasing Instructional Trials in Order to Decrease Problem Behavior in a Classroom Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
LINDSEY MARIE VAN ALSTYNE (Hawthorne Country Day School), Nicole Piechowicz (Hawthorne Country Day School)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to test the effects of increasing the number of trials presented and contingent escape to a student on the maladaptive behaviors emitted throughout the school day. The participant in this study is an eight-year old student diagnosed with Autism who emits self-injurious behaviors, aggressive behaviors, and property destruction in a variety of school settings. Results of this study revealed a decrease in maladaptive behaviors when instructional trials were increased. Limitations of the design and implications of the findings are discussed.
 
141. Immediate and Subsequent Effects of Behavioral Interventions for Socially Reinforced Behavior in Schools
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal)
Abstract: When attempting to change behavior in schools, educators in classrooms with high student:staff ratio may have insufficient time to implement behavioral interventions across the entire school day. As such, some educators may only implement behavioral interventions for short periods of time when a child’s target behavior, or lack thereof, impedes learning or engagement in ongoing activities most. From a clinical standpoint, it may thus be important to examine the effects of subsequently withdrawing the intervention. Using multielement designs, we examined the immediate and subsequent effects of behavioral interventions on engagement in both appropriate and inappropriate socially reinforced behavior in three children with autism spectrum disorders. The behavioral interventions produced idiosyncratic effects across participants. Notably, the interventions produced subsequent increases in problem behavior in two participants, subsequent increases in appropriate behavior in two participants, and subsequent reductions in appropriate behavior in one participant. The results highlight the potential clinical utility of measuring the postintervention effects of behavioral interventions for socially reinforced behavior in applied settings.
 
142. CANCELATION: Teaching Challenges in Autism School in Bangladesh-Teachers Perception
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
MD. ZAHIR UDDIN AKANDA (Alokito Shishu)
Abstract:

Education is one of the fundamental human rights for all children. The right is equal for children with disabilities (CWD) also. So, integrating the children with Autism spectrum Disorder (ASD) into special education, mainstream education and ECD program is therefore a human rights and social justice issue. In Bangladesh the number of special school and inclusive school are very few. Although there are some special needs schools in the main Dhaka city areas, some of them are for the children with ASD. Due to insufficient constructive physical environments, low special educated teachers in this field and low trained up and poor education and learning opportunities make the quality of the teachers are not so high. The present study was a qualitative phenomenological study due to exploratory nature. Researcher wanted to get as much information as possible that come as close as possible to knowing what it is like. How much the problems they face? The study aims to explore the experience and perception of the teachers who are teaching the children with ASD at autism schools. Its purpose is also to develop hypothesis, concept and theory according to teachers view. This study shows that majority of the participants have satisfactorily knowledge about autism and the management of children with autism spectrum disorder at schools. They have included various challenges when teaching the children with autism spectrum disorder at schools. Some same activities of autism schools are use of choice board, drawing, singing, play, group play, self care activities like brushing, combing, dressing, etc. various challenges include aggressive behavior, repetitive behavior, stereotype behavior, compulsive behavior, Sensory processing dysfunction, Literal and visual thinker, sexual behavior, Low space of class room and play ground, parents attitude, schools rules, limited resources, Limited opportunities of training etc. for these kind of challenges they include various suggestions like Always engaged the child in purposeful activities, Avoid noisy child from working environment, Support each other in all activities, Negative rewards when necessary to avoid unwanted behavior, some times singing therapy plays a important role to get their attention, and support from supervisor and specialist. They also include that different professionals has their own different roles in schools settings.

 
143. From 1968 to Present: Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism Spectrum Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
Erkan Kurnaz (Anadolu University), Melih Cattik (Anadolu University), Meral Koldas (Anadolu University), Elif Sanal (Anadolu University), Serife Sahin (Anadolu University), SERIFE YUCESOY OZKAN (Anadolu University)
Abstract:

The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) was established in 1968 as a peer-reviewed, psychology journal, that publishes research about applications of the experimental analysis of behavior to problems of social importance. The journal was created by Donald Baer, Sidney W. Bijou, Todd Risley, and Montrose Wolf. The JABA has been published quarterly (Spring-Summer-Autumn-Winter) on a regular basis since 1968. In this study, papers published in JABA for 45 years were examined in terms of autism spectrum disorders. For this purpose, first of all papers published in JABA for 45 years were examined individually and determined the number of papers by years. Then papers were classified according to types and research studies were determined after this classification. Research studies were examined in terms of participants and studies conducted with participants with autism spectrum disorder were included. Dependent variables were investigated in terms of communication, social interaction and repetitive behaviors and independent variables were investigated in terms of evidence-based interventions included in the report of National Autism Center (2009).

 
144. Effects of Continued Behavioral Intervention Into School Age for Children With Developmental Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CATHRINE OLSSON (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Kim Henrik Liland (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Astri Valmo (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Hanne Skau (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Elisabeth Ulvestad (Center for Early Intervention (STI))
Abstract: We found better outcome in intelligence and adaptive behavior scores for those children who continued to receive behavioral intervention in school compared to those children who ended their intervention. We compare the two groups of children during intervention in preschool, then eight and at nine years of age. The group of children (n=10) who received behavioral intervention in school continued to gain in intelligence and adaptive behavior scores, whereas the group that stopped (n=8) lost points. The difference in scores increased from when they were 8 years (see figure 1) to when they were 9 years of age (see figure 2). This finding supports the hypotheses that behavioral intervention can continue to benefit some children with autism and other developmental disorders well into school age. We have not been able to detect any clear indications for stopping behavioral intervention, although it appears that children with scores in the normal range have more stable scores.
 
145. Development and Evaluation of the Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills (OASIS) Training Program for Hispanic Parents of Children With an Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LINDA S. HEITZMAN-POWELL (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Joseph Furman Buzhardt (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Sylvia Maack (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Ashley McGrath (The University of Kansas Medical Center)
Abstract: While the general prevalence of autism (ASD) in America continues to rise with rates cited as occurring in 1 in every 88 children (CDC, 2013), researchers report a lower prevalence among Hispanic children (Avila & Blumberg, 2008). Research suggests that early intervention produces the best outcomes; however cost and language/cultural barriers may prevent many Hispanic children from accessing early intervention. Parent training can significantly reduce the cost of services but language and cultural barriers may prohibit many families from accessing appropriate training. Hispanics are now the largest ethnic minority group in the U.S. (Borrego et al., 2006) and historically have utilized health services less than other groups (Martinez & Eddy, 2005) perhaps in part to their limited access to appropriate social/mental health services (Liptak et al., 2008). Further, few interventions have been evaluated with culturally diverse populations (Bernal, 2006). This project addresses these challenges by adapting the OASIS Training Program for use with parents who speak Spanish and have a child with an ASD. Preliminary data suggest that adaptations made to the English version of OASIS result in increases in both knowledge of evidence-based practices and application of those practices in Hispanic parents of young children with autism.
 
146. National Standards Project 2: Findings
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HANNA C. RUE (National Autism Center), Maria Knox (National Autism Center)
Abstract: The National Standards Project 2 (NSP2) is a follow up and extension of the National Standards Project released in 2009. The NSP2 evaluated the quality of science and beneficial treatment effects of over 350 treatment outcome studies for individuals with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). There were 350 treatment outcome studies that included participants under the age of 22 years. There were 25 treatment outcome studies that included participants ages 22 years and older. Over 60% of the treatment articles evaluated were single-case studies. The Scientific Merit Rating Scale (SMRS) was once again used to determine the quality of science of the treatment outcome studies evaluated in the systematic review. All treatment outcome studies were then evaluated for beneficial treatment effects and categorized according the Strength of Evidence Classification System. The NSP2 included participation of 27 expert panelists from across the United States and 53 article reviewers. The results suggest that interventions based on behavior analytic principles continue to have strong empirical support.
 
147. Data Analysis Involving Emergency Department Visits and Individual's With an Autism Spectrum Diagnosis
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
KIMBERLY N. FRAME (University of Memphis), Jeffrey B. Smith (Independent ABA Consultant), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis), Robert Williamson (The University of Memphis), Elisabeth Claire Langford (University of Memphis)
Abstract: Previously conducted research targeting the cost of medical services have indicated an increase in financial burden for caregivers with children with an autism spectrum diagnosis (ASD). There have been several studies which have examined the medical expenditures as they relate to this population; however, none have looked at the actual costs associated with this type of care. Research on the financial expenditures for caring for the healthcare needs of a child with an ASD can help inform legislators when creating public policy and inform health insurers how to strategically expand services. This study seeks to extend the literature on the actual financial costs of treating children with ASDs by focusing on the actual costs for treatment in a pediatric emergency department in an urban setting. Descriptive statistics were obtained for three variables which include the number of tests conducted per ER visit, cost per visit, and time spent at the ER. Results indicated that overall, few differences exist between the care of those with ASD versus those without ASD in the emergency room setting. Furthermore, more patients with an ASD and/or their caregivers thought they had a neurological condition when presenting to the emergency room for care. However, most were not diagnosed with a neurological condition upon discharge. Patients with an ASD were also diagnosed with similar categorical conditions as those without an ASD in the emergency room setting.
 
148. Electroencephalographic (EEG) Abnormalities in Individuals with Severe, Non-verbal Autism: A Preliminary Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
OLIVER WENDT (Purdue University), Jane Yip (Purdue University)
Abstract: Background: ASDs are neurodevelopmental disorders defined behaviorally as deficits in social and communication deficits and the presence of restricted interests/repetitive behaviors. Recently, there has been increasing interest in the search for a signature electroencephalograms (EEGs) profile in ASDs known as biomarker (Bosl et al., 2011). However, a robust profile of EEG in the severe autism phenotype has not been reported. Objectives: This study examined the frequency and the nature of EEGs abnormalities in a sample of 9 individuals with severe autism who are non-verbal (ASDs) compared to 9 neurotypicals. Methods: Our sample consisted of 9 males, aged 4-15 years with a diagnosis of ASDs who are severe and non-verbal and 9 neurotypicals (5 females and 3 males), aged 4-20. Each participant was tested with an awake-sleep EEG registration. Results: The 78% of the participants with ASD showed EEGs abnormalities in the left frontal lobe region in the delta frequency band (1-4 Hz), up to three standard deviation. There were anomalies in amplitude asymmetry in the delta (1-4 Hz), theta (4-8 Hz) and alpha (8-12 Hz) frequency band in 67% of the ASD participants. Coherence abnormalities were observed in all 9 ASD participants compared to the neurotypicals; this might constitute an EEG coherence based phenotype of severe autism in agreement with Duffy, 2012.
 
149. Facilitating Discriminative Control During Functional Communication Training Using Response Restriction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN LAMPHERE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Angie Christine Querim (Ball State University), Nicole DeRosa (The Kelberman Center and Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is the most widely published function-based treatment of problem behavior (Tiger & Hanley, 2008). However, FCT schedule thinning often generates high rates of requests for reinforcement, making it increasingly difficult for caregivers to deliver reinforcement for each request. Hanley, Iwata, and Thompson (2001) demonstrated that signaled periods of reinforcer availability and unavailability (i.e., multiple schedules) decrease high levels of requests while maintaining low levels of problem behavior. In a recent component analysis of FCT, Betz, Fisher, Roane, Mintz, and Owen (2013) found discrimination between periods of reinforcement availability and unavailability to be a critical component of FCT. However, some children struggle to discriminate multiple-schedule components. The current investigation was designed to evaluate response restriction (Roane et al., 2004) as a method of teaching children to discriminate reinforcement availability and unavailability during FCT. Results for 5 children who engaged in severe problem behavior suggest response restriction facilitated discriminated responding during FCT while maintaining low levels of problem behavior.
 
150. The Use of Competing Activities and Protective Equiptment to Reduce Skin Picking in a 7-year-old Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BAILEY KING (BADD Consultants, LLC), Lloyd R. Thomas (Behavior, Attention, and Developmental Disabilities Consultants)
Abstract: Skin picking behavior can lead to a decrease in social interaction and increase in mental and helpth concerns. Skin picking was defined as any self-injurious behaviorbehavior involving pulling, scratching, lancing, digging, or gouging of one's body. In the current study, a service delivery intervention included a functional assessment and antecedent manipulations during academic instruction to decrease skin picking behavior in a 7 year-old boy with autism. The functional assessment revealed that the skin picking behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement and was occuring at very high rates (16 times per minute) during baseline. Mulick et.al. (1978) used competing activities to decrease skin picking and Dorsey et. al. (1982) used continuous protective equipment. This study uses both competing activities (i.e. stem belt) and protective equipment (i.e. finger covers) to decrease skin picking behavior. The treatment package was implemented in both the school and home setting during an 18 week period.. A stem belt was first implemented reducing skin picking, but not at significant rates. Finger covers were then implemented showing a great decrease to near zero occurrences. The success enabled this of this intervention enabled this student to engage in longer periods of academic instruction.
 
151. Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior Using a Reversal Design and a Divided Attention Condition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATELYN SELVER (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Matthew L. Edelstein (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University  ), Jaimie Mulcahy (Rutgers University), Kimberly Sloman (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Research has shown that functional analysis is effective in identifying the environmental determinants of problem behavior (Iwata et al., 1982). Traditional multielement designs do not always yield differentiated results, rendering it difficult to develop a treatment plan targeting the factors maintaining problem behavior (Vollmer and Iwata, 1992). Vollmer and colleagues (1993) implemented a traditional functional analysis using a reversal design to clarify the function of SIB in four individuals with developmental disabilities. Fahmie, Iwata, Harper, and Querim (2013) further showed that functional analyses including a divided attention condition produce faster acquisition and more efficient results. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the efficacy of a functional analysis using a reversal design including a divided attention condition in determining the function of problem behavior. The participant was a 10-year-old boy with autism referred for assessment of self-injurious behavior, classroom disruptions, eloping, spitting, and aggressions, all of which were reported by staff to be maintained by access to attention. First, a traditional functional analysis was conducted in the classroom using procedures described by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richmand, 1982. Results were undifferentiated. Next, a modified functional analysis including a divided attention condition using a reversal design was conducted. Clear results were obtained and indicated that problem behavior was maintained by access to attention when staffs attention was divided between the participant and other students in the classroom. These results replicate the previous studies that showed that reversal designs may be helpful in clarifying undifferentiated functional analysis results.
 
152. A Sequence for Assessing and Teaching Self-Monitoring Skills to an Adolescent Male With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL DEFILIPPO (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

We developed and tested a sequence for teaching self-monitoring skills to an adolescent male with autism. The primary goal was for the participant to learn to identify occurrences and non-occurrences of his own behavior so that he could eventually accurately monitor his own DRO for problem behavior. Assessment 1 tested his ability to answer yes and no questions regarding common actions of others. Adults were videotaped performing common actions such as jumping, standing, walking, reading etc. Video clips of these actions were presented to the participant and he was asked yes/no questions such as, Is he walking? and Is she reading? He was able to answer over 80% of these questions correctly on the first assessment and 100% on the second assessment. In Assessment 2, we assessed his ability to answer yes and no questions regarding his own common actions and to score those responses on a data sheet. We created videos of the participant engaged in common actions such as sitting and standing. He watched 2 minute video clips of these actions. Approximately every 30 seconds, he was prompted by a vibrating pager to look at the video clip and to record the correct action by marking a box under a picture on the data sheet corresponding to the action. He was not able to accurately record these actions on the data sheet. These results serve as baseline data. During intervention, we will assess the effects of using verbal instructions, gestural prompts, manual guidance, and reinforcement on accurately recording the occurrences of his own behavior viewed on these video clips. Once the participant reaches criterion on this phase, we will then assess his ability to accurately record the occurrences of his own problem behavior as an intervention for reducing that behavior.

 
153. Generalizing a Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior Procedure to Decrease Escape-Maintained Maladaptive Behaviors
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LATOYA KINARD (Bancroft), Lauren Dvorak (Bancroft)
Abstract: Differential Reinforcement of Alternative behavior (DRA), a commonly used treatment for problem behavior, typically involves withholding reinforcers following problem behavior (extinction) and providing reinforcers contingent on some appropriate, alternative response (St. Peter Pipkin et al., 2010). Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a good example of how information from a functional analysis may be applied to a DRA-based treatment (Mace et al., 2010). Compliance also serves as a desirable alternative to escape-maintained behavior. The current study was conducted using 4 individuals who were diagnosed with Autism and admitted to a residential behavioral stabilization program for engagement in severe escape-maintained maladaptive behaviors. Target behaviors included aggression, self-injury, disruption and dropping. Reinforcement was provided for engagement in an alternative response (compliance or FCT) and all maladaptive behaviors were placed on extinction. Several studies have found that DRA is less effective at decreasing problem behavior when implemented without extinction (Athens et al., 2010). Sessions were conducted in various educational and residential settings across several instructors and caregivers. Results indicated that Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior is an effective treatment for reducing maladaptive behaviors and generalizing alternative appropriate behaviors during the presentation of non-preferred activities.
 
154. Manipulating Establishing Operations to Evaluate Mand Training With iPod Touch
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA WEBER (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University)
Abstract: For some children, vocal language presents a significant challenge and augmentative and alternative communication methods (e.g. speech-generating devices (SGDs)) may aid in teaching functional communication. With advances in technology there has been increased interest in using devices, such as the Apple iPod as an SGD. The current study evaluated the utility of the iPod in teaching discriminated mands to a young boy with autism. An establishing operation (EO) manipulation was used to evaluate and establish discriminated manding. Initially the participant was taught to mand for two preferred items. Subsequently, the EO manipulation allowed the child free access to one item, removing the motivation to mand for this item, while motivation for the other item was present. The results show that although discrimination between an icon and a distracter was established during training, discriminated responding in the presence of two icons was not observed. This suggests that children may learn to functionally use the iPod to request a preferred item when only one icon is present but that discrimination training may not be sufficient to teach discriminated manding when more than one icon is presented simultaneously. Implications for using an iPod as an SGD with young children will be discussed.
 
155. Effects of Controlled Access to Stereotypic Behavior and DRO During Demand Conditions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SUZANNE SIMARD (University of West Florida), Wayne S. Robb (University of West Florida), Dayna Beddick (University of West Florida), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida)
Abstract: The effect of controlled access to stereotypic behavior and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) during demand condition was evaluated for decreasing stereotypy in a kindergarten student with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Baseline and intervention phases occurred during 15 min center sessions four times a week consisting of tabletop activities. A single subject ABAB design showed a reduction in stereotypy after the participant was permitted to engage stereotypic behavior prior to demand situations. Primary reinforcement was delivered when stereotypic behavior did not occur for 15 consecutive seconds during treatment. Results are discussed in terms of the advantages of this approach as one solution for decreasing stereotypy during tabletop activities for students with a diagnosis of ASD.
 
156. The Effects of a Simultaneous Prompting Procedure on the Acquisition of Calculating Elapsed Time
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MIRELA CENGHER (City University of New York, The Graduate Center), Heyde Ramirez (Queens College, City University New York), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: Simultaneous prompting has been effective in teaching a variety of skills, of different levels of complexity, to children with learning difficulties. The current study replicated and extended the literature by teaching three children with developmental disabilities to calculate elapsed time. Elapsed time is the duration from a start to end time. When the minutes of the start time are greater than the end time, regrouping is necessary. Simultaneous prompting was used to teach participants to conditionally discriminate the type of problem and engage in the respective behavior chain for problems that required (5-step) and did not require (3-step) regrouping. Results demonstrated that all three participants readily acquired the respective behavior chains and were able to accurately report the elapsed time for both types of problems. The findings have implications for teaching complex behaviors that are governed by 4-, or more, term contingencies.
 
157. HANDS in Autism: Supporting Professionals and Families Working With Individuals With ASD across 10 Years
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
J. BLAKE WAREHAM (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Tiffany Neal (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Naomi Swiezy (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Iryna V. Ashby (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Megan Marie Stevenson (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine), Anne Fletcher (HANDS in Autism, Indiana University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

The HANDS in Autism Interdisciplinary Training and Resource Center was founded in 2004 to extend the outreach and training offered by the Christian Sarkine Autism Treatment Center at Riley Hospital at Indiana University Health and the Indiana University School of Medicine. The mission of the HANDS in Autism Center is to continually evolve a model system of outreach, education, and training that will facilitate the development of local capacity within schools, districts, and communities in serving individuals and families affected by autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities (DD). This mission is accomplished through two primary goals: 1) bridging across multiple environments (educational, medical/clinical, home/community) to establish a common language regarding ASD/DD and collaborate in creating comprehensive, proactive programming across settings; 2) training professionals and caregivers across settings to provide individualized programming based on best practices and data-driven decision making. Across 10 years, over 800 trainings have been conducted and greater than three thousand people have been educated with materials and resources disseminated to diverse and ever expanding audiences through web-based, toolkit, and hard copy formats. A systematic evaluation of the design, implementation, outcomes, evolution, and recommendations on transportability and replication of programs will be explored.

 
158. iPad Applications As A Preferred Visual Schedule Modality For An Adolescent Student With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER ANDERSEN (University of Iowa), Lisa Kemmerer (College Community Schools), James Stachowiak (Iowa Center for Assistive Technology Education, and Research, University of Iowa)
Abstract: The use of picture schedules has been shown to increase on-task and on-schedule activities in students with disabilities, including Autism (Spriggs, Gast, & Ayres, 2007; Banda & Grimmett, 2008; Bryan & Gast, 2000). Cihak (2011) found that the use of visual schedules increased on-task behaviors in all student participants and that preferences of individual students may lead to higher or lower outcomes depending on the modality used. Banda and Grimmett (2008) highlighted that there is a lack of literature analyzing the differences in success between various types of modalities. The purpose of this study was to improve the independence level of a middle school student with autism in the completion of functional work tasks comparing two different schedule modalities- an iPad app and a paper picture schedule. Baseline data suggested that initial curriculum strategies (system of least restrictive prompts) produced slight improvements for the student but stabilized at around 30% independence. Both the iPad App and paper schedule produced a significant increase in rate of independence. The iPad App showed a higher increasing trend toward independence; after only three trials, these data suggested over 90% independence. Implications of these results will be presented.
 
159. Evaluating Reinforcer Density in Multiple Schedules During Functional Communication Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY NIEBAUER (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Scott A. Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Multiple (Mult) schedules of reinforcement have been successfully used within functional communication training (FCT) to decrease excessive rates of functional communication responses (FCRs) while decreasing destructive behavior (Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001). Betz, Fisher, Roane, Mintz, and Owen (2013) found discriminative stimuli associated with Mult FCT to facilitate FCRs when Mult FCT was compared to a condition in which discriminative stimuli were removed (i.e., during Mixed-FCT sessions). The current study contributes to research on Mult FCT by examining the effects of two schedules of reinforcement (dense or lean) used with separate schedule-correlated stimuli in separate contexts. Decreased levels of destructive behavior were observed in both contexts, regardless of whether dense or lean reinforcement schedules were used. These data replicate Study 3 results from Betz, Fisher, Roane, Mintz, and Owen (2013) and suggest future research should further investigate the role of stimulus control within the context of Mult FCT.
 
160. Increasing Variety of Foods Consumed by Children With Autism and Severe Food Selectivity
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE MILLER (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), Sherrene B. Fu (Clinic 4 Kidz), Aida Miles (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract: Feeding problems are frequent among children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD), in particular food selectivity. Food selectivity is categorized by type, texture, type and texture, and total refusal and may be as specific as brand, temperature, and even color. Behavioral programs have been utilized in clinical settings to treat food selectivity including texture fading, blending, stimulus fading, differential reinforcement, escape extinction, simultaneous presentation, sequential presentation, and choice arrangements. The purpose of this study was to increase variety of food in 2 boys diagnosed with ASD through a home program. Jack was a 6-year-old male who was referred to intensive feeding therapy for severe food selectivity. His treatment included escape extinction, positive reinforcement, texture fading, and a choice arrangement. Matt was a 12-year-old male diagnosed with ASD and was referred for severe foods selectivity and nasogastric tube dependence. His treatment included noncontingent reinforcement, response cost, and escape extinction. Results showed that both participants successfully accepted a larger variety of foods at age-appropriate portions. In addition, Matt was no longer dependent on supplemental tube feedings upon discharge.
 
161. Teaching Functional Communication Skills to a Child With Autism Within a Group Treatment Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHEELA RAJARAM (The Etobicoke Children's Centre), Erica Laframboise (The Etobicoke Children's Centre), Emily Zaltz (The Etobiocke Children's Centre)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to decrease problem behaviour through Functional Communication Training (FCT), for a child with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in a group setting. Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of FCT in decreasing problem behaviour by teaching alternative responding (Carr & Durand, 1985). The participant in this study was taught to request help as an alternative response to engaging in problem behaviour (such as; crying, property destruction and flopping to the floor). The intervention was conducted within a regional ABA group Treatment Program. The group consisted of 4 boys with ASD between the ages of 4-6yrs and 2 ABA facilitators. The participant was a 5 year old boy with limited verbal skills, who frequently engaged in problem behaviour that was hypothesized to be maintained by access to adult assistance in order to assemble preferred toys during structured play activities. Data was collected on a per opportunity basis. The participant learned to exchange the help icon with the ABA facilitator within the group setting. The results indicated that FCT was effective in increasing the use of an alternative adaptive response that resulted in the same class of reinforcement.
 
162. Training Adults with High Functioning Autism to Use Incidental Teaching to Increase Language Acquisition for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LYNN HAWKINS (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Amy Terrell (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Using a multiple baseline design, this study evaluated a program to teach adults with autism and no intellectual disabilities (aged 20 to 23 years) how to implement incidental teaching with young children with autism. Three adults participated in the study. The dependent variable for the adults or trainers was the percentage of 15 steps of incidental teaching implemented correctly to promote language acquisition in the children (in the form of picture exchange, signs, or vocalization). Training consisted of written instructions, modeling, role-play, and feedback. Each adult trainer mastered incidental teaching with a confederate and with two children within a few sessions. The mean inter-rater reliability score for trainer behavior was 91%. Most of the children increased their language skills with average independent responses ranging from 0-87%. The mean inter-rater reliability score for child behavior was 91.8%. These results demonstrated the success of adults with high functioning autism using incidental teaching with children with autism, expanding the possible vocational opportunities for this population.
 
163. The Effects of Behavioral Momentum on the Compliance Rates of an Adult With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DONNA C. CHANEY (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute and McMaster University), Marie-Sjaan Berends (Behaviour Institute)
Abstract: Non-compliance can be a major challenge and significant barrier in teaching new skills to children and adults with ASD. Behavioral momentum is a strategy that has been demonstrated to increase generalized compliance in individuals with ASD and other disabilities. This procedure involves creating a hierarchy of behaviours which the individual has either high, medium or low probabilities of performing when instructed. Instructions are then systematically sequenced so that the introduction of increasingly difficult tasks are gradual and are embedded with easier tasks. The instructions used represented complex, multistep tasks (e.g. Time to shave. Let's go for a walk. Make a sandwich.). This poster describes the results of the application of this strategy with a 22 year old man with ASD, who presented with high rates of non-compliance, using an AB design. Compliance rates to a combination of low, medium and high probability instructions that were originally low were significantly higher when delivered by parents and staff, according to probe data. To ensure reliable and valid data was collected, inter-observer agreement and procedural fidelity was examined.
 
164. An Analysis of Specific Skill Acquisition, Rate of Acquisition, and Problem Behavior as Indicators for Placement in Desirable Academic Settings for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
JOSEPH T. SHANE (Western Michigan University), Jennifer Lynn Mrljak (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) has become widely accepted as a highly efficacious treatment option for children with autism. A substantial number of studies have shown significant improvements in participants who received Discrete Trial Training (DTT). However, studies with large numbers of participants consistently report a proportion of students who fail to make much progress with the standard EIBI treatment package. A concern, therefore, of everyone providing early intervention should be to determine why these children do not make adequate progress. Theories and rationales for slow progress are numerous. Some children may have lower cognitive abilities, some may exhibit high rates of interfering problem behaviors, and some appear to lack effective reinforcers, along with other barriers to learning. This poster will discuss the authors’ attempts to isolate certain characteristics that may be indicative of long-term success or failure in an EIBI program. Data were analyzed from children who were placed into desirable academic settings following graduation from a DTT classroom, and compared to data from children who transitioned to less desirable, more restrictive settings. Discussion of the key differences, and further research into this area, should allow the field to determine how to best help the typical “low performers.”
 
165. Reducing Nighttime Wakefulness in Children With Autism: A Treatment Package Approach
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KARINA M. KOENIG (Central Michigan University), Carl Merle Johnson (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: An empirically-supported, non-invasive, and parent-approved sleep treatment package was applied to reduce settling difficulties and night wakings in children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Participants included six families with children that ranged in age from 3 to- 6 -years -old. The treatment package included circadian rhythm management (CRM), positive bedtime routines (PBR), limit setting by parents, and 40-60 dB of white noise played continuously throughout the night. After intervention, a follow-up was conducted that included an additional week of sleep diary data and a treatment satisfaction survey. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design was used to analyze the effectiveness of the treatment package. Data were divided and graphed into three groups by dependent variables: duration of settling at bedtime, frequency of night wakings, and duration of night wakings. Not all six participants had both night waking and settling difficulties. A reduction in length of settling was found during treatment for all four children with settling difficulties. Follow-up data showed that settling time increased from treatment levels for three of the four children with settling difficulties. Two of these three had settling times that were still below pre-treatment levels. The third child went back to pre-treatment levels; however, he still showed a reduction in night waking frequency and duration. The fourth child showed even further reduction in settling time from treatment to follow-up. Frequencies of night wakings were reduced during treatment for three of the five children with night waking difficulties. Four of these five children showed a decrease in the duration of night wakings during treatment. The fifth child also showed a decrease when data with special circumstances were removed. During follow-up, all five children with night waking difficulties showed further reductions in duration of night wakings. Follow-up data also indicated less fragmented sleep patterns for all participants. All parents reported satisfaction with treatment results, and indicated that administering the treatment package was within their skill level, and was worth the effort.
 
166. Training Intraverbal Responding in an Individual With Autism Using Text Prompts Embedded in Conditional Discrimination Tasks
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOELLE KRANTZ (Nova Southeastern University), Kenneth Shamlian (Nova Southeastern University), Brenna Cavanaugh (Nova Southeastern University), Jillian Benson (Nova Southeastern University), John Borgen (Nova Southeastern University), Danielle Tarver (Nova Southeastern University), Stephanie Trauschke (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract:

Intraverbals are responses that have no point-to-point correspondence or formal similarity with the verbal stimuli that evoke the response (Cihon, 2007). Children with autism spectrum disorders often have difficulty acquiring language skills; of particular relevance, those that involve answering questions related to their safety or well-being. While text prompts (i.e. presentation of the written target word) have proven to be an effective method for training intraverbal responses, it has been recommended that conditional discriminations be incorporated to ensure correct responding regardless of the formal similarity to the initial or ending part of the discriminative stimulus. An eleven-year-old boy with autism was exposed to two training conditions consisting of a progressive prompt delay using either (a) text prompts or (b) text prompts embedded within a conditional discrimination task. The conditions were presented in an alternating treatment design. Results showed that text prompts embedded in conditional discrimination tasks were more efficient in establishing accurate responding to personal/safety information questions, were associated with lower levels of problem behavior during training, and moreover, were more efficient in establishing accurate responding to personal/safety information questions across novel staff and settings.

 
167. Environmental Coordination and Guidance for Children With Autism to Encourage Voluntary Activities
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AYAKO OKA (Kwansei Gakuin University Graduate School of Humanities)
Abstract: Many children with autism prefer not to participate in a schools voluntary activities related to learning situations and real-life issues. Power to participate in activities themselves does not grow in care and guidance of the individual. Therefore, it is necessary to provide support and guidance to children with autism in group living situations so that they can more fully engage in such voluntary activities. In this study, we provided a coordinated environment and guidance to increase childrens involvement in voluntary activities during the morning meeting of a special-needs school, and we instructed the children them the distribution of the meetings goods among themselves and to use host cards with their photos. As a result, the children were able to work proactively to take advantage of the provided clues in the morning meeting. In addition, the children were able to interact among themselves in other situations. Therefore, environmental coordination and guidance is an effective way to encourage children to take part in voluntary activities.
 
168. Teaching an Adult With Autism Self-Advocacy Responses Using a Time Delay Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE SCHATZ (Alpine Learning Group), Erin Richard White (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Little research has explored procedures for teaching adults with autism to make self-advocacy statements. The purpose of the present study is to evaluate the effects of using a text prompt and time delay procedure on the acquisition and generalization of self-advocacy responses. A twenty-five year old adult with autism is participating in the study. A multiple probe design across stimulus categories is being used to examine the effects of a time delay procedure on the use of self-advocacy responses. During sessions, the participant will be presented with situations that require a self-advocacy response (e.g., she asks for a soda and the instructor gives her water instead). During baseline, if the participant responds correctly, the instructor corrects the situation, and if the participant errors, the instructor does not correct the situation. During intervention, a text prompt will be used to prompt a self-advocacy response for each situation, and upon a correct response, the instructor will correct the situation and provide reinforcement on the participants motivational system. Across subsequent sessions, the text prompt will be faded using a time delay. Correct situations (e.g., she asks for a soda and the instructor gives her a soda) will be intermixed in order to ensure discrimination of situations in which the self-advocacy statements are appropriate, versus inappropriate. For each situation, generalization will be assessed throughout intervention.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}